    [Treaties Governing Land Warfare]
    [From the U.S. Government Publishing Office, www.gpo.gov]

    ﻿'&j/. 357A7 ~25~/
    /' ‘ S rjr\/_| -rY”-'7 _r)rr~*'
    Document	U. ) //	/	\
    Reserve	\ !	/{ j (( n)J
    • Al DI1ARTHENT I [ C I I I t A I mill
    NON-CIRCULATING
    TREATIES
    GOVERNING
    LAND WARFARE
    WAR DEPARTMENT • 7 JANUARY 1944
    NTSU LIBRARY
    TM 27-251
    c 1
    TECHNICAL MANUAL
    TREATIES GOVERNING LAND WARFARE
    Changes'!	WAR DEPARTMENT,
    No. 1 j	Washington 25, D. C., 17 April 1944.
    TM 27-251,7 January 1944, is changed as follows:
    Article 64 (page 101)
    Every prisoner of war shall have the right of appeal against any sentence rendered with regard to him, in the same way as individuals belonging to the armed forces of the detaining Power.
    [A. G. 300.7 (11 Apr 44).]
    By order of the Secretary of War :
    G. C. MARSHALL,
    Chief of Staff.
    Official :
    J. A. ULIO,
    Major General, The Adjutant General.
    Distribution :
    As prescribed in paragraph 9a, EM 21-6; Depths (25);
    Libraries (2).
    579701°—44—AGO 248
    IF. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: l»44
    TM 27-251
    c 2
    TECHNICAL MANUAL
    TREATIES GOVERNING LAND WARFARE
    Changes!	WAR DEPARTMENT
    No. 2	|	Washington 25, D. G., 15 January 1945
    TM 27-251, 7 January 1944, is changed as follows:
    Chapter 5A is added in order to include the treaty governing hospital ships entitled “Convention for the Adaptation to Maritime Warfare of the Principles of the Geneva Convention.”
    IAG 300.7 (I Jan 45)1
    By order of the Secretary of War:
    Official:
    J. A. ULIO
    Mayor General
    The Adjutant General
    G. C. MARSHALL
    Chief of Staff
    Distribution:
    AAF (10); AGF (10); ASF (2); Dept (25); AAF Comds (2); Arm & Sv Bd (2); S Div ASF (1); Tech Sv (2); SvC (10); PC&S (1); Gen & Sp Sv Sch (10); USMA (2); ROTC (1); ROTC Lib (1): A (10); CHQ (10); D (2); AF (2)
    For explanation of symbols, see FM 21-6.
    AGO 339C 622603°—45------1
    U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1945
    Chapitre qA
    BATIMENTS HOPITAUX
    Convention de La Haye No. X, 78 Octobre 1907
    [Original]
    CONVENTION
    POUR U ADAPTATION A LA GUERRE MARITIME DES PRINCIPES DE LA CONVENTION DE GENEVE.
    [Here follows the list ol Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Egalement animes du desir de diminuer, autant qu'il depend d'eux, les maux inseparables de la guerre;
    Et voulant, dans ce but, adapter a la guerre maritime les principes de la Convention de Geneve du 6 millet 1906;
    Ont resolu de conclure une Convention a I'effet de reviser la Convention du 29 millet 1899 relative a la meme matter e et ont nomme pour Leurs Plenipctentiaires, savoir:
    [Here follow the names ol Plenipotentiaries.]
    Lesquels, apres avoir depose leurs pteins pouvoirs, trouves en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suwantes:
    Article Premier.
    Les batiments-hopitaux militaires, dest-a-dire les bailments construits ou amenages par les Etats specialement et uniquement en vue de porter secours aux blesses, malades et naufrages, et dont les noms auront ete communiques, a louverture ou au corns des hostilites, en tout cas avant toute mise en usage, aux Puissances belligerantes, sont respectes et ne peuvent etre captures pendant la duree des hostilites.
    Ces bailments ne sont pas non plus assimiles aux navires de guerre au point de vue de leur sejour dans un port neutre.
    2
    Chapter $A (Added)
    HOSPITAL SHIPS
    Hague Convention No. X of 18 October 1907
    (36 Stat. 2371; Treaty Series No. 543; Malloy, Treaties, Vol. II, p. 2326)
    [Translation]
    CONVENTION
    FOR THE ADAPTATION TO MARITIME WARFARE OF THE PRINCIPLES OF THE GENEVA CONVENTION*
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Animated alike by the desire to diminish, as far as depends on them, the inevitable evils of war;
    And wishing with this object to adapt to maritime warfare the principles of the Geneva Convention of the 6th July, 1906;
    Have resolved to conclude a Convention for the purpose of revising the Convention of the 29th July, 1899, relative to this question, and have appointed the following as their Plenipotentiaries:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Who, after having deposited their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following provisions:—
    Article 1.
    Military hospital-ships, that is to say, ships constructed or assigned by States specially and solely with a view to assisting the wounded, sick, and shipwrecked, the names of which have been communicated to the belligerent Powers at the commencement or during the course of hostilities, and in any case before they are employed, shall be respected, and cannot be captured while hostilities last.
    These ships, moreover, are not on the same footing as warships as regards their stay in a neutral port.
    * “CONVENTION FOR THE AMELIORATION OF THE CONDITION OF THE SICK AND WOUNDED OF THE ARMIES IN THE FIELD,” signed at Geneva 6 July 1906 (35 Stat. 1885; Treaty Series 464; Malloy, Treaties, Vol. II. p. 2183).
    3
    Article 2.
    Les bailments hospitaliers, equipes en totalite ou en partie aux frais des particuliers ou des societes de secours qfficiellemenl reconnues, sont egalement respectes et exempts de capture, si la Puissance belligerante dont ils dependent, lew a donne une commission qfficielle et en a notifie les noms a la Puissance adverse a Pouverture ou au cours des hostilites, en tout cas avant toute mise en usage.
    Ces navires doivent etre porteurs ePun document de Pautorite competente declarant qu’ils ont ete soumis a son contrdle pendant leur armement et a leur depart final.
    Article 3.
    Les bailments hospitaliers, equipes en totalite ou en partie aux frais des particuliers ou des societes officiellement reconnues de pays neutres, sont respectes et exempts de capture, a condition qu’ils se soienl mis sous la direction de Pun des belligerants, avec Passentiment prealable de lew propre Gouvernement et avec Pautonsation du belligerant lui-meme et que ce dernier en ait notifie le nom a son adversaire des Pouverture ou dans le cours des hostilites, en tout cas, avant tout emploi.
    Article 4.
    Les batiments qui sont mentionnes dans les articles 1, 2 et 3, porteront secours et assistance aux blesses, malades et naufrages des belligerants sans distinction de nationality.
    Les Gouvernements s’engagent a n'utilizer ces batiments pour aucun but mihtaire.
    Ces batiments ne devront gener en aucune maniere les mouvements des combattants.
    Pendant et apres le combat, ils agiront a lews risques et perils.
    Les belligerants auront sur eux le droit de contrdle et de visite; ils pourront refuser leur concours, leur enjoindre de s’eloigner, leur imposer une direction determinee et mettre a bord un commissaire, meme les detenir, si la gravite des circonstances Pexigeait
    Autant que possible, les belligerants inscriront sur le journal de bord des bailments hospitaliers les ordres qu’ils leur donneront.
    Article 5.
    Les batiments-hopitaux militaires seront distingues par une peinture exterieure blanche avec une bande horizontale verte dfun metre et demi de largeur environ.
    4
    Article 2.
    Hospital-ships, equipped wholly or in part at the expense of private individuals or officially recognized relief societies, shall be likewise respected and exempt from capture, if the belligerent Power to whom they belong has given them an official commission and has notified their names to the hostile Power at the commencement of or during hostilities, and in any case before they are employed.
    These ships must be provided with a certificate from the competent authorities declaring that the vessels have been under their control while fitting out and on final departure.
    Article 3.
    Hospital-ships, equipped wholly or in part at the expense of private individuals or officially recognized societies of neutral countries, shall be respected and exempt from capture, on condition that they are placed under the control of one of the belligerents, with the previous consent of their own Government and with the authorization of the belligerent himself, and that the latter has notified their name to his adversary at the commencement of or during hostilities, and in any case, before they are employed.
    Article 4.
    The ships mentioned in Articles 1, 2, and 3 shall afford relief and assistance to the wounded, sick, and shipwrecked of the belligerents without distinction of nationality.
    The Governments undertake not to use these ships for any military purpose.
    These vessels must in no wise hamper the movements of the combatants. During and after an engagement they will act at their own risk and peril. The belligerents shall have the right to control and search them; they can refuse to help them, order them off, make them take a certain course, and put a Commissioner on board; they can even detain them, if important circumstances require it.
    As far as possible, the belligerents shall enter in the log of the hospital-ships the orders which they give them.
    Article 5.
    Military hospital-ships shall be distinguished by being painted white outside with a horizontal band of green about a metre and a half in breadth.
    5
    Les bailments qui sont mentionnes dans les articles 2 et 3, seront distingues par une peinture exteneure blanche avec une bande horizontale rouge d'un metre et demi de largeur environ.
    Les embarcations des batiments qui viennent d'etre mentionnes, comme les petits bailments qui pourront etre affectes au service hospitaller, se distingueront par une Peinture analogue.
    Tous les batiments hospitaliers se feront reconnoitre en hissant, avec leur pavilion national, le pavilion blanc a croix-rougue prevu par la Convention de Geneve et, en outre, s'ils ressortissent a un Etat neutre, en arbor ant au grand mat le pavilion national du belligerant sous la direction duquel Us se sont places.
    Les batiments hospitaliers qui, dans les termes de Particle 4, sont detenus par Pen-nemi, auront a rentrer le pavilion national du belligerant dont ils relevent.
    Les bailments et embarcations ci-aessus mentionnes, qui veulent s' assurer la nuit le respect auquel ils ont droit, ont, avec Passentiment du belligerant qu'ils accompagnent, a prendre les mesures necessaires pour que la peinture qui les caracterise soit suffisam-ment apparente.
    Article 6.
    Les signes distinctifs prevus a Particle 5 ne pourront etre employes, soit en temps de paix, soit en temps de guerre, que pour proteger ou designer les batiments qui y sont mentionnes.
    Article 7.
    Dans le cas d'un combat a bord d'un vaisseau de guerre, les infirmeries seront respectees et menagees autant que faire se pourra.
    Ces infirmeries et leur materiel demeurent soumis aux lois de la guerre, mats ne pourront etre detournes de leur emploi, tant qu'ils seront necessaires aux blesses et malades.
    Toutefiois le commandant, qui les a en son pouvoir, a la faculte d'en disposer, en cas de necessite militaire importante, en assurant au prealable le sort des blesses et malades qui s'y trouvent.
    Article 8.
    La protection due aux batiments hospitaliers et aux infirmeries des vaisseaux cesse si Pon en use pour commettre des actes nuisibles a Pennemi.
    Nest pas considere comme etant de nature a mstifiei le retrait de la protection le fait que le personnel de ces batiments et infirmeries est arme pour le maintien de Pordre et pour la defense des blesses ou malades, ainsi que le fait de la presence a bord d'une installation radio-telegraphique.
    6
    The ships mentioned in Articles 2 and 3 shall be distinguished by being painted white outside with a horizontal band of red about a metre and a half in breadth.
    The boats of the ships above mentioned, as also small craft which may be used for hospital work, shall be distinguished by similar painting.
    All hospital-ships shall make themselves known by hoisting, with their national flag, the white flag with a red cross provided by the Geneva Convention, and further, if they belong to a neutral State, by flying at the mainmast the national flag of the belligerent under whose control they are placed.
    Hospital-ships which, in the terms of Article 4, are detained by the enemy, must haul down the national flag of the belligerent to whom they belong.
    The ships and boats above mentioned which wish to ensure by night the freedom from interference to which they are entitled, must, subject to the assent of the belligerent they are accompanying, take the necessary measures to render their special painting sufficiently plain.
    Article 6.
    The distinguishing signs referred to in Article 5 can only be used, whether in time ol peace or war, for protecting or indicating the ships therein mentioned.
    Article 7.
    In the case of a fight on board a war-ship, the sick-wards shall be respected and spared as far as possible.
    The said sick-wards and the materiel belonging to them remain subject to the laws of war; they cannot, however, be used for any purpose other than that for which they were originally intended, so long as they are required for the sick and wounded.
    The commander, however, into whose power they have fallen may apply them to other purposes, if the military situation requires it, after seeing that the sick and wounded on board are properly provided for.
    Article 8.
    Hospital-ships and sick-wards ol vessels are no longer entitled to protection if they are employed for the purpose of injuring the enemy.
    The fact of the staff of the said ships and sick-wards being armed for maintaining order and for defending the sick and wounded, and the presence of wireless telegraphy apparatus on board, is not a sufficient reason for withdrawing protection.
    7
    Article 9.
    Les belligerants pourront faire appel au zele charitable des commandants de bailments de commerce, yachts ou embarcations neutres, pour prendre a bord et soigner des blesses ou des malades.
    Les bailments qui auront repondu a cet appel ainsi que ceux qui spontanement auront recueilh des blesses, des malades ou des naufrages, jouiront d'une protection Speciale et de certaines immunises. En aucun cas, ils ne pourront etre captures pour le fait d'un tel transbort; mats, sauf les promesses qui leur auraient ete faites, ils restent exposes a la capture pour les violations de neutrality qu 'ils pourraient avoir commises.
    Article 10.
    Le personnel religieux, medical et hospitalier de tout bdtiment capture est inviolable et ne peut etre fait pnsonnier de guerre. Il emporte, en quittant le navire, les objets et les instruments de chirurgie qui sont sa propriete particuliere.
    Ce personnel continuera a remplir ses fonctions tant que cela sera necessaire et il pourra ensuite se retirer, lorsque le commandant en chej le lugera possible.
    Les belligerants doivent assurer a ce personnel tombe entre lews mains, les memes allocations et la meme solde qu'au personnel des memes grades de leur propre marine.
    Article 11.
    Les manns et les militaires embarques, et les autres personnes officiellement at-tachees aux marines ou aux armees, blesses ou malades, a quelque nation qu'ils ap-partiennent, seront respectes et soignes par les capteurs.
    Article 12.
    Tout vaisseau de guerre d'une Partie belligerante peut reclamer la remise des blesses, malades ou naufrages, qui sont a bord de bdtiments-hopitaux militaires, de batiments hospitaliers de societe de secours ou de particuliers, de natures de commerce, yachts et embarcations, quelle que soil la nationality de ces bailments.
    Article 13.
    Si des blesses, malades ou naufrages sont recueillis a bord (Tun vaisseau de guerre neutre, il devra etre pourvu, dans la mesure du possible, a ce qu'ils ne puissent pas de nouveau prendre part aux operations de la guerre.
    8
    Article 9.
    Belligerents may appeal to the charity of the commanders of neutral merchant-ships, yachts, or boats to take on board and tend the sick and wounded.
    Vessels responding to this appeal, and also vessels which have of their own accord rescued sick, wounded, or shipwrecked men, shall enjoy special protection and certain immunities. In no case can they be captured for having such persons on board, but, apart from special undertakings that have been made to them, they remain liable to capture for any violations of neutrality they may have committed.
    Article 10.
    The religious, medical, and hospital staff of any captured ship is inviolable, and its members cannot be made prisoners of war. On leaving the ship they take away with them the objects and surgical instruments which are their own private property.
    This staff shall continue to discharge its duties while necessary, and can afterwards leave, when the Commander-in-chief considers it possible.
    The belligerents must guarantee to the said staff, when it has fallen into their hands, the same allowances and pay which are given to the staff of corresponding rank in their own navy.
    Article 11.
    Sailors and soldiers on board, when sick or wounded, as well as other persons officially attached to fleets or armies, whatever their nationality, shall be respected and tended by the captors.
    Article 12.
    Any war-ship belonging to a belligerent may demand that sick, wounded, or shipwrecked men on board military hospital-ships, hospital-ships belonging to relief societies or to private individuals, merchant-ships, yachts, or boats, whatever the nationality of these vessels, should be handed over.
    Article 13.
    If sick, wounded, or shipwrecked persons are taken on board a neutral war-ship, every possible precaution must be taken that they do not again take part in the operations of the war.
    AGO 339C 622603°—45-----2
    9
    Article 14.
    Sont prisonniers de guerre les naufrages, blesses ou malades, Tun belligerant qui tombent au pouvoir de Pautre. 11 appartient a celui-ci de decider, suivant les circon-stances, s’il convient de les garder, de les diriger sur un port de sa nation, sur un port neutre ou meme sur un port de Padversaire. Dans ce dernier cas, les prisonniers ainsi rendus a leur pays ne pourront servir pendant la duree de la guerre.
    Article 15.
    Les naufrages, blesses ou malades, qui sont debarques dans un port neutre, du con-sentement de Pautorite locale, devront, a moins Tun arrangement contraire de PEtat neutre avec les Etats belligerants, etre gardes par PEtat neutre de maniere qu'ils ne puissent pas de nouveau prendre part aux operations de la guerre.
    Les frais Thospitalisation et Tinlernemenl seront supportes par PEtat dont relevent les naufrages, blesses ou malades.
    Article 16.
    Apres chaque combat, les deux Parties belligerantes, en tant que les interets militaires le comportent, prendront des mesures pour rechercher les naufrages, les blesses et les malades et pour les faire proteger, ainsi que les morts, contre le pillage et les mauvais traitments.
    Elies veilleront a ce que P inhumation, Pimmersion ou Pincineration des morts soit precedee Tun examen attentif de lews cadavres.
    Article 17.
    Chaque belligerant enverra, des qTil sera possible, aux autorites de leur pays, de leur marine ou de leur armee, les marques ou pieces militaires Tidenlite trouvees sur les morts et Petat nominatif des blesses ou malades recueillis par lui.
    Les belligerants se tiendront reciproquement au courant des inlernements et des mutations, ainsi que des entrees dans les hopitaux et des deces survenus parmi les blesses et malades en leur pouvoir. Ils recueilleront tous les objets Tun usage personnel, valeurs, lettres, etc. qui seront trouves dans les vaisseaux captures, ou delaisses par les blesses ou malades decedes dans les hopitaux, pour les faire transmetter aux interesses par les autorites de leur pays.
    Article 18.
    Les dispositions de la presente Convention ne sont applicables qTentre les Puissances contractantes et seulemenl si les belligerants sont tous parties a la Convention.
    10
    Article 14.
    The shipwrecked, wounded, or sick of one of the belligerents who fall into the power of the other belligerent are prisoners of war. The captor must decide, according to circumstances, whether to keep them, send them to a port of his own country, to a neutral port, or even to an enemy port. In this last case, prisoners thus repatriated cannot serve again while the war lasts.
    Article 15.
    The shipwrecked, sick, or wounded, who are landed at a neutral port with the consent of the local authorities, must, unless an arrangement is made to the contrary between the neutral State and the belligerent States, be guarded by the neutral State so as to prevent them again taking part in the operations of the war.
    The expenses of tending them in hospital and interning them shall be borne by the State to which the shipwrecked, sick, or wounded persons belong.
    Article 16.
    After every engagement, the two belligerents, so far as military interests permit, shall take steps to look for the shipwrecked, sick, and wounded, and to protect them, as well as the dead, against pillage and ill treatment.
    They shall see that the burial, whether by land or sea, or cremation of the dead shall be preceded by a careful examination of the corpse.
    Article 17.
    Each belligerent shall send, as early as possible, to the authorities of their country, navy, or army the military marks or documents of identity found on the dead and the description of the sick and wounded picked up by him.
    The belligerents shall keep each other informed as to internments and transfers as well as to the admissions into hospital and deaths which have occurred among the sick and wounded in their hands. They shall collect all the objects of personal use, valuables, letters, &c., which are found in the captured ships, or which have been left by the sick or wounded who died in hospital, in order to have them forwarded to the persons concerned by the authorities of their own country.
    Article 18.
    The provisions of the present Convention do not apply except between Contracting Powers, and then only if all the belligerents are parties to the Convention.
    11
    Article 19.
    Les commandants en chef des flottes des belligerants auront a pourvoir aux details ddexecution des articles precedents, ainsi qu’aux cas non prevus, d’apres les instructions de leurs Gouvernements respechfs et conformement aux prmcipes generaux de la presente Convention.
    Article 20.
    Les Puissances signataires prendront les mesures necessaires pour instruire leurs marines, et specialement le personnel protege, des dispositions de la presente Convention et pour les porter a la connaissance des populations.
    Article 21.
    Les Puissances signataires s’engagent egalement a prendre ou a proposer a leurs legislatures, en cas d’insuffisance de leurs lots penales, les mesures necessaires pour reprimer en temps de guerre, les actes individuels de pillage et de mauvais traitements envers des blesses et malades des marines, ainsi que pour punir, comme usurpation d’insignes militaires, Pusage abusif des signes distinctifs designes a Particle 5 par des bailments non proteges par la presente Convention.
    Ils se communiqueront, par P intermediate du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas, les dispositions relatives a cette repression, au plus lard dans les cinq ans de la ratification de la presente Convention.
    Article 22.
    En cas d’operations de guerre entre les forces de terre et de mer des belligerants, les dispositions de la presente Convention ne seront apphcables qu’aux forces embarquees.
    Article 23.
    La presente Convention sera ratifiee aussitot que possible.
    Les ratifications seront deposees a La Haye.
    Le premier depot de ratifications sera constate par un proces-verbal signe par les representants des Puissances qui y prennent part, et par le Ministre des Affaires Etiangeres des Pays-Bas.
    Les depots ulteneurs de ratifications se feront au moyen d’une notification ecrite, adressee au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et accompagnee de Pinstrument de ratification.
    12
    Article 19.
    The Commanders-in-chief of the belligerent fleets must see that the above Articles are properly carried out; they will have also to see to cases not covered thereby, in accordance with the instructions of their respective Governments and in conformity with the general principles of the present Convention.
    Article 20.
    The Signatory Powers shall take the necessary measures for bringing the provisions of the present Convention to the knowledge of their naval forces, and especially of the members entitled thereunder to immunity, and for making them known to the public.
    Article 21.
    The Signatory Powers likewise undertake to enact or to propose to their Legislatures, if their criminal laws are inadequate, the measures necessary for checking in time of war individual acts of pillage and ill-treatment in respect to the sick and wounded in the fleet, as well as for punishing, as an unjustifiable adoption of naval or military marks, the unauthorized use of the distinctive marks mentioned in Article 5 by vessels not protected by the present Convention.
    They will communicate to each other through the Netherland Government. the enactments for preventing such acts at the latest within five years of the ratification of the present Convention.
    Article 22.
    In the case of operations of war between the land and sea forces of belligerents, the provisions of the present Convention do noi apply except between the forces actually on board ship.
    Article 23.
    The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible.
    The ratifications shall be depos:ted at The Hague.
    The first deposit of ratifications shall be recorded in a proces-verbal signed by the Representatives of the Powers taking part therein and by the Netherland Minister for Foreign Affairs.
    Subsequent deposits of ratifications shall be made by means of a written notification addressed to the Netherland Government and accompanied by the instrument of ratification.
    13
    Copie certifiee conforme du proces-verbal relatif au premier depot de ratifications, des notifications mentionnees a P aline a precedent, ainsi que des instruments de ratification, sera immediatement remise par les soins du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et par la vote diplomatique aux Puissances conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix, ainsi qu'aux autres Puissances qut auront adhere a la Convention. Dans les cas vises par I’alinea precedent, ledit Gouvernement leur fera connaitre en meme temps la date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    Article 24.
    Les Puissances non signataires qui auront accepte la Convention de Geneve du 6 millet 1906, sont admises a adherer a la presente Convention.
    La Puissance qui desire adherer, notifie par ecrit son intention au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas en lui transmettant Pacte d’adhesion qui sera depose dans les archives dudit Gouvernement.
    Ce Gouvernement transmettra immediatement a toutes les autres Puissances copie certifiee conforme de la notification ainsi que de Pacte d’adhesion, en indiquant la date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    Article 25.
    La presente Convention, dument ratifiee, remplacera dans les rapports entre les Puissances contractantes, la Convention du 29 iuillet 1899pour Padaptation a la guerre maritime des principes de la Convention de Geneve.
    La Convention de 1899 reste en vigueur dans les rapports entre les Puissances qui Pont signee et qui ne ratifieraient pas egalement la presente Convention.
    Article 26.
    La presente Convention produira effet pour les Puissances qui auront participe au premier depot de ratifications, soixante tours apres la date du proces-verbal de ce depot, et, pour les Puissances qui ratifieront ulterieurement ou qui adhereront, soixante tours apres que la notification de leur ratification ou de leur adhesion aura ete requ par le Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    Article 27.
    S’il arrivait qu’une des Puissances contractantes voulut denoncer la presente Convention, la denonciation sera notifiee par ecrit au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas, qui com-muniquera immediatement copie certifiee conforme de la notification a toutes les autres Puissances en leur faisant savoir la date a laquelle il Pa requ.
    La denonciation ne produira set effets qida Pegard de la Puissance qui Paura notifiee et un an apres que la notification en sera parvenue au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    14
    A certified copy of the proces-verbal relative to the first deposit of ratifications, of the notifications mentioned in the preceding paragraph, as well as of the instruments of ratification, shall be at once sent by the Netherland Government through the diplomatic channel to the Powers invited to the Second Peace Conference, as well as to the other Powers which have adhered to the Convention. In the cases contemplated in the preceding paragraph the said Government shall inform them at the same time of the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 24.
    Non-Signatory Powers which have accepted the Geneva Convention of the 6th July, 1906. may adhere to the present Convention.
    The Power which desires to adhere notifies its intention to the Netherland Government in writing, forwarding to it the act of adhesion, which shall be deposited in the archives of the said Government.
    The said Government shall at once transmit to all the other Powers a duly certified copy of the notification as well as of the act of adhesion, mentioning the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 25.
    The present Convention, duly ratified, shall replace as between Contracting Powers, the Convention of the 29th July, 1899, for the adaptation to maritime warfare of the principles of the Geneva Convention.
    The Convention of 1899 remains in force as between the Powers which signed it but which do not also ratify the present Convention.
    Article 26.
    The present Convention shall come into force, in the case of the Powers which were a party to the first deposit of ratifications, sixty days after the date of the proces-verbal of this deposit, and, in the case of the Powers which ratify subsequently or which adhere, sixty days after the notification of their ratification or of their adhesion has been received by the Netherland Government.
    Article 27.
    In the event of one of the Contracting Powers wishing to denounce the present Convention, the denunciation shall be notified in writing to the Netherland Government, which shall at once communicate a duly certified copy of the notification to all the other Powers, informing them at the same time of the date on which it was received.
    The denunciation shall only have effect in regard to the notifying Power, and one year after the notification has reached the Netherland Government.
    15
    Article 28.
    Un registre tenu par le Ministere des Affaires Etr anger es des Pays-Bas indiquera la date du depot des ratifications effectue en vertu de Particle 23 alineas 3 et 4. ainsi que la date a laquelle auront ete reyues les notifications dP adhesion {article 24 ahnea 2) ou de denonciation {article 2J alinea 7).
    Chaque Puissance contractante est admise a prendre connaissance de ce registre et a en demander des extraits certifiees conformes.
    En foi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires ont revetu la presente Convention de leur ssigna-lures.
    Fait a La Haye, le dix-huit octobre mil neuf cent sept, en un seul exemplaire, qui restera depose dans les archives du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et dont des copies, certifiees confiormes, seront remises pai la voie diplomatique aux Puissances qui ont ete conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    16
    Article 28.
    A register kept by the Netherland Ministry for Foreign Affairs shall give the date of the deposit of ratifications made in virtue of Article 23, paragraphs 3 and 4, as well as the date on which the notifications of adhesion (Article 24, paragraph 2) or of denunciation (Article 27, paragraph 1) have been received.
    Each Contracting Power is entitled to have access to this register and to be supplied with duly certified extracts from it.
    In faith whereof the Plenipotentiaries have appended their signatures to the present Convention.
    Done at The Hague, the 18th October*’ 1907. in a single copy, which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Netherland Government, and duly certified copies of which shall be sent, through the diplomatic channel, to the Powers which have been invited to the Second Peace Conference.
    IHere follow signatures.]
    Note.—The following countries have ratified, or have announced their adherence to, the above Convention, and are bound by its terms, except as to the reservations* noted below:
    United States	Luxemburg
    Austria-Hungary	Mexico
    Belgium	Netherlands
    Bolivia	Nicaragua
    Brazil	Norway
    China*	Panama
    Cuba	Persia*
    Denmark	Poland
    Ethiopia	Portugal
    Finland	Rumania
    France	Russia
    Germany	Salvador
    Great Britain*	Siam
    Guatemala	Spain
    Haiti	Sweden
    Italy	Switzerland
    Japan	Turkey*
    Latvia	-
    * Reservations:
    China: “Under reservation ol Article 21.”
    Great Britain : “Under reservation of Articles 6 and 21 and of the following declaration: Tn affixing their signatures to the above Convention, the British plenipotentiaries declare that His Majesty’s Government understand Article 12 to apply only to the case ol combatants rescued during or after a naval engagement in which they have taken part.’ ”
    Persia: “Under reservation of the right, admitted by the Conference, to use the Lion and Red Sun instead of and in place of the Red Cross.”
    Turkey: “Under reservation of the right admitted by the Peace Conference to use the Red Crescent.”
    17
    u
    ...	.	... I
    WAR DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL MANUAL
    TM 27-251
    TREATIES
    GOVERNING
    LAND WARFARE
    WAR DEPARTMENT • 7 JANUARY 1944
    UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT EXtNTlKC OFFICE . WASHINGTON IHA
    WAR DEPARTMENT, Washington 25, D. C., 7 January 1944. TM 27-251, Treaties Governing Land Warfare, is published for the information and guidance of all concerned.
    [A. G. 300.7 (11 Oct 43).]
    By order of the Secretary of War:
    G. C. MARSHALL,
    Chief of Staff. Official:
    J. A. ULIO,
    Major General,
    The Adjutant General.
    (ii)
    FOREWORD
    This manual is intended to serve as a supplement to FM 27-10, Rules of Land Warfare. The treaties and international conventions referred to therein are here given in full in the original French text together with an English translation, except the Hague Declaration No. XIV of 18 October 1907 prohibiting the discharge of projectiles and explosives from balloons. (The United States has stated it will not observe this Declaration, none of the other belligerents being bound thereby.) It will be noted that the French text is the only official text so far as the international relations of states are concerned; and accordingly, in case of dispute as to the meaning of any provision, it is the French text which must be accepted as controlling. Though the English translation is, in general, believed to be correct, no translation can always give the meaning of the original with entire accuracy.
    Each of the conventions signed at The Hague in 1907 and set forth in this manual, save that relative to the opening of hostilities, contains a provision that it shall be binding upon any of the belligerents in a war only if all the belligerents in that war are parties to it. As neither I taly nor Bulgaria has ratified the 1907 conventions given herein, the United States might have declined to be bound by them. However, as those conventions in general express the practice of civilized nations at war, the United States has adopted the policy of observing and enforcing their provisions. In this connection the provisions of Section I, Circular No. 136, War Department, 7 May 1942, will be carefully observed. The pertinent part of this circular reads as follows:
    “7—Obedience to treaties and conventions.—Attention is directed to FM 27-10, October 1, 1940, and especially to paragraph 5, with reference to the obligation to obey international treaties and conventions. Although all of the conventions set out on page VI of that manual are not binding on all of the countries with which the United States is at war, as indicated in the last sentence below, they will be observed and enforced by the Army of the United States as provided in FM 27-10. Any failure of an enemy belligerent to accord similar rights and treatment to United States forces will be promptly reported to the War Department. The Hague Declaration Number XIV, October 18, 1907, prohibiting the discharge of projectiles and explosives from balloons (H. D. XIV), is not binding and will not be observed.”
    The Geneva Prisoners of War Convention of 1929 (Articles 89 to 97, inch) and the Geneva Red Cross Convention of 1929 (Articles 31 to 39, incl.) contain no provision requiring that all the belligerents be parties to
    (in)
    the conventions in order to make them binding; hence, every nation which ratified them is now bound to observe their provisions with respect to every other nation which has ratified or adhered to them. A list of the nations which have ratified these conventions or have subsequently adhered to them as of 7 December 1941, is given at the end of the text of each convention. Although Japan has not ratified or formally adhered to the Prisoners of War Convention, it has, through the Swiss Government, agreed to apply the provisions thereof to prisoners of war under its control, and also, so far as practicable, to interned civilians. The United States has ratified both of the above conventions, and its armies will therefore comply with them.
    (IV)
    CONTENTS
    Page
    Chapter 1. Opening of Hostilities.............................. 3
    Hague Convention No. Ill of 18 October 1907
    2.	Laws and Customs of War on Land................... 9
    Hague Convention No. IV of 18 October 1907, and
    Annex thereto, embodying Regulations
    3.	Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers and Persons .	37
    Hague Convention No. V of 18 October 1907
    4.	Laying of Automatic Submarine Contact Mines. .	49
    Hague Convention No. VIII of 18 October 1907
    5.	Bombardment by Naval Forces...................... 57
    Hague Convention No. IX of 18 October 1907
    6.	Prisoners of War................................ <55
    Geneva (Prisoners of War) Convention of 27 July 1929
    7.	Wounded and Sick................................ 129
    Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 27 July 1929 Appendix A. Conditions of an Armistice With Germany, Signed 11 November 1918...................................... 152
    B.	Form of Armistice Between Two Opposing Forces. 163
    C.	Form of Armistice Between Besieging Force and Garrison........................................... I55
    D.	Capitulation	of	Santiago, 1898................. 167
    E.	Capitulation	of	Manila, 1898................... 169
    F.	Forms of Passport, Safe Conduct, and Safeguard. 171
    Index..............................................
    1
    Chapitre i
    L’OUVERTURE DES HOSTILITES
    Convention de La Haye No. Ill, 18 Octobre 1907
    [Original]
    CONVENTION
    RELATIVE A L’OUVERTURE DES HOSTILITES
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Consider ant que, pour la securite des relations pacifiques, il importe que les hostilites ne commencent pas sans un avertissement prealable;
    Qu’il importe, de meme, que I'etat de guerre soit notifie sans retard aux Puissances neutres;
    Desirant conclure une Convention a cet effet, ont nomme pour Leurs Plenipotentiaires, savoir:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Lesquels, apres avoir depose leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouves en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes:
    Article Premier.
    Les Puissances contractantes reconnaissent que les hostilites entre elles ne doivent pas commencer sans un avertissement prealable et non equivoque, qui aura, soit la forme Tune declaration de guerre motivee, soit celle d’un ultimatum avec declaration de guerre conditionelle.
    Article 2.
    Eetat de guerre devra etre notifie sans retard aux Puissances neutres et ne produira effet a leur egard qu’apres reception d’une notification qui pourra etre fiaite meme par voie telegraphique. Toutefiois les Puissances neutres ne pourraient invoquer !absence de notification, s’il etait etabli d’une maniere non douteuse qu’en fait elles connais-saient I’etat de guerre.
    2
    Chapter i
    OPENING OF HOSTILITIES
    Hague Convention No. Ill of 18 October 1907 (36 Stat. 2259; Treaty Series No. 538; Malloy Treaties, Vol. II, p. 2259) [Translation]
    CONVENTION
    RELATIVE TO THE OPENING OF HOSTILITIES
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Considering that it is important, in order to ensure the maintenance of pacific relations, that hostilities should not commence without previous warning;
    That it is equally important that the existence of a state of war should be notified without delay to neutral Powers;
    Being desirous of concluding a Convention to this effect, have appointed the following as their Plenipotentiaries:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Who, after depositing their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following provisions:
    Article 1.
    The Contracting Powers recognize that hostilities between themselves must not commence without previous and explicit warning, in the form either of a reasoned declaration of war or of an ultimatum with conditional declaration of war.
    Article 2.
    The existence of a state of war must be notified to the neutral Powers without delay, and shall not take effect in regard to them until after the receipt of a notification, which may,' however, be given by telegraph. Neutral Powers, nevertheless, cannot rely on the absence of notification if it is clearly established that they were in fact aware of the existence of a state of war.
    ■7
    3
    Article 3.
    E article 1 de la presente Convention produira effet en cas de guerre entre deux ou plusieurs des Puissances contractantes.
    Li1article 2 est obligatoire dans les rapports entre un belligerant contractant et les Puissances neutres egalement contractantes.
    Article 4.
    La presente Convention sera ratifiee aussitot que possible.
    Les ratifications seront deposees a La Haye.
    Le premier depot de ratifications sera constate par un proces-verbal signe par les representants des Puissances qui y prennent part et par le Ministre des Affaires Etrangeres des Pays-Bas.
    Les depots ulterieurs de ratifications se fieront au moyen (Tune notification ecrite adressee au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et accompagnee de f instrument de ratification.
    Copie certifiee confiorme du proces-verbal relatifi au prmier depot de ratifications, des notifications mentionnees a falinea precedent ainsi que des instruments de ratification, sera immediatement remise par les soins du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et par la voie diplomatique aux Puissances conviees a la Deuxieme Confidence de la Paix, ainsi qu'aux autres Puissances qui auront adhere a la Convention. Dans les cas vises par falinea precedent, ledit Gouvernement leur fiera connaitre en meme temps la date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    Article 5.
    Les Puissances non signataires sont admises a adherer a la presente Convention.
    La Puissance qui desire adherer notifie par ecrit son intention au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas en lui transmettant facte cf adhesion qui sera depose dans les archives dudit Gouvernement.
    Ce Gouvernement transmettra immediatement a toutes les autres Puissances copie certifiee conforme de la notification ainsi que de facte dfadhesion, en indiquant la date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    Article 6.
    La presente Convention produira effet, pour les Puissances qui auront participe au premier depot de ratifications, soixante jours apres la date du proces-verbal de ce depot, et, pour les Puissances qui ratifieront ulterieurement ou qui adhereront, soixante jours apres que la notification de leur ratification ou de leur adhesion aura ete retpu par le Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    4
    Article 3.
    Article I of the present Convention shall take effect in case of war between two or more of the Contracting Powers. '
    Article II is binding as between a belligerent Power which is a party to the Convention and neutral Powers which are also parties to the Convention.
    Article 4.
    The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible.
    The ratifications shall be deposited at The Hague.
    The first deposit of ratifications shall be recorded in a proces-verbal signed by the Representatives of the Powers which take part therein and by the Netherland Minister for Foreign Affairs.
    The subsequent deposits of ratifications shall be made by means of a written notification addressed to the Netherland Government and accompanied by the instrument of ratification.
    A duly certified copy of the proces-verbal relative to the first deposit of ratifications, of the notifications mentioned in the preceding paragraph, as well as of the instruments of ratification, shall be at once sent by the Netherland Government through the diplomatic channel to the Powers invited to the Second Peace Conference, as well as to the other Powers which have adhered to the Convention. In the cases contemplated in the preceding paragraph, the said Government shall at the same time inform them of the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 5.
    Non-Signatory Powers may adhere to the present Convention.
    The Power which wishes to adhere notifies in writing its intention to the Netherland Government, forwarding to it the act of adhesion, which shall be deposited in the archives of the said Government.
    The said Government shall at once forward to all the other Powers a duly certified copy of the notification as well as of the act of adhesion, stating the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 6.
    The present Convention shall come into force, in the case of the Powers which were a party to the first deposit of ratifications, sixty days after the date of the proces-verbal of that deposit, and, in the case of the Powers which ratify subsequently or which adhere, sixty days after the notification of their ratification or of their adhesion has been received by the Netherland Government.
    5
    Article 7.
    tfil arrivait qu'une des Hautes Parties contractantes voulut denoncer la presente Convention, la denonciation sera notifiee par ecrit au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas qui communiquera immediatement copie certifiee confiorme de la notification a toutes les autres Puissances en leur fiaisant savoir la date a laquelle il Pa re que.
    La denonciation ne produira ses effets qu'd regard de la Puissance qui Paura notifiee et un an apres que la notification en sera parvenue au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    Article 81.
    Un registre tenu par le Ministere des Affaires Etrangeres des Pays-Bas indiquera la date du depot de ratifications effectue en vertu de Particle 4 alineas 3 et 4, ainsi que la date a laquelle auront ete reques les notifications d'adhesion {article 5, alinea 2) du de denonciation {article 7, alinea 7).
    Chaque Puissance contractante est admise a prendre connaissance de ce registre et a en demander des extraits certifies confiormes.
    En fioi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires ont revetu la presente Convention de leurs signatures.
    Fait a La Haye, le dix-huit octobre mil neuf cent sept, en un seul exemplaire qui r ester a depose dans les archives du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et dont des copies, certifiees conformes, seront remises par la voie diplomatique aux Puissances qui ont ete conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    6
    Article 7.
    In the event of one of the High Contracting Parties wishing to denounce the present Convention, the denunciation shall be notified in writing to the Netherland Government, which shall at once communicate a duly certified copy of the notification to all the other Powers, informing them of the date on which it was received.
    The denunciation shall only have effect in regard to the notifying Power, and one year after the notification has reached the Netherland Government.
    Article 8.
    A register kept by the Netherland Ministry for Foreign Affairs shall give the date of the deposit of ratifications made in virtue of Article IV, paragraphs 3 and 4, as well as the date on which the notifications of adhesion (Article V, paragraph 2) or of denunciation (Article VII, paragraph 1) have been received.
    Each Contracting Power is entitled to have access to this register and to be supplied with duly certified extracts from it.
    In faith whereof the Plenipotentiaries have appended their signatures to the present Convention.
    Done at The Hague, the 18th October, 1907, in a single copy, which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Netherland Government, and duly certified copies of which shall be sent, through the diplomatic channel to the Powers which have been invited to the Second Peace Conference.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    7
    Chapitre 2
    LOIS ET COUTUMES DE LA GUERRE SUR TERRE
    Convention de La Haye No. IV, 18 Octobre 1907
    [Original]
    CONVENTION
    CONCERN ANT LES LOIS ET COUTUMES DE LA GUERRE SUR TERRE
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Considlrant que, tout en recherchant les moyens de sauvegarder la paix et de prlvenir les conflits armls entre les nations, il importe de se prloccuper egalement du cas oil Pappel aux armes serait amenl par des Ivenements que leur solicitude Eaurait pu dltourner;
    Animes du desir de servir encore, dans cette hypothese extreme, les intlrets de Phumanitl et les exigences toujours progressives de la civilisation;
    Estimant qEil importe, a cette fin, de reviser les lois et coutumes generales de la guerre, soit dans le but de les dlfinir avec plus de precision, soit afin d'y tracer certaines limites destinies a en restreindre autant que possible les rigueurs;
    Ont jugl nlcessaire de completer et de prlciser sur certains points Poeuvre de la Premiere Conference de la Paix qifi, sdnspirant, a la suite de la Conference de Bruxelles de 1874, de ces idles recommandees par une sage et genereuse prlvoyance, a adopte des dispositions ayant pour objet de definir et de regler les usages de la guerre sur terre.
    Selon les vues des Hautes Parties contractantes, ces dispositions, dont la redaction a ete inspirle par le desir de diminuer les rhaux de la guerre, autant que les nlcessitls militaires le permettent, sont destinies a servir de regie glnlrale de conduite aux belli-glrants, dans leurs rapports entre eux et avec les populations.
    Il E a pas Itlpossible toutefois de concerter des maintenant des stipulations sTtendant a toutes les circonstances qui se prlsentent dans la pratique;
    D’autre part, il ne pouvait entrer dans les intentions des Hautes Parties contractantes que les cas non prevus fussent, faute de stipulation Icrite laissls a Pappreciation arbitrage de ceux qui dirigent les armies.
    8
    Chapter 2
    LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF WAR ON LAND
    Hague Convention No. IV of 18 October 1907
    (36 Stat. 2277; Treaty Series No. 539; Malloy Treaties, Vol. II, p. 2269)
    [Translation]
    CONVENTION
    RESPECTING THE LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF WAR ON LAND
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Seeing that, while seeking means to preserve peace and prevent armed conflicts between nations, it is likewise necessary to bear in mind the case where the appeal to arms has been brought about by events which their care was unable to avert;
    Animated by the desire to serve, even in this extreme case, the interests of humanity and the ever progressive needs of civilization;
    Thinking it important, with this object, to revise the general laws and customs of war, either with a view to defining them with greater precision or to confining them within such limits as would mitigate their severity as far as possible;
    Have deemed it necessary to complete and explain in certain particulars the work of the First Peace Conference, which, following on the Brussels Conference of 1874, and inspired by the ideas dictated by a wise and generous forethought, adopted provisions intended to define and govern the usages of war on land.
    According to the views of the High Contracting Parties, these provisions, the wording of which has been inspired by the desire to diminish the evils of war, as far as military requirements permit, are intended to serve as a general rule of conduct for the belligerents in their mutual relations and in their relations with the inhabitants.
    It has not, however, been found possible at present to concert Regulations covering all the circumstances which arise in practice;
    On the other hand, the High Contracting Parties clearly do not intend that unforeseen cases should, in the absence of a written undertaking, be left to the arbitrary judgment of military commanders.
    9
    En attendant qu'un Code plus complet des lois de la guerre puisse etre edicte, les Hautes Parties contractantes jugent opportun de constater que, dans les cas non compris dans les dispositions reglementaires adoptees par Elies, les populations et les belligerants restent sous la sauvegarde et sous P empire des principes du droit des gens, tels quails resultent des usages etablis entre nations civilisees, des lois de Phumanite et des exigences de la conscience publique.
    Elies declarent que c'est dans ce sens que doivent s' entendre notamment les articles 1 et 2 du Reglement adopte.
    Les Hautes Parties contractantes, desirant conclure une nouvelle Convention a cet effet, ont nomme pour Leurs Plenipotentiaires, savoir:
    [Here follow the names of the Plenipotentiaries.]
    Lesquels, apres avoir depose leurs pleins -pouvoirs, trouves en bonne et due forme, sont convenus de ce qui suit:
    Article Premier.	«
    Les Puissances contractantes donneront a leurs forces armees de terre des instructions qui seront conformes au Reglement concernant les lois et coutumes de la guerre sur terre, annexe a la presente Convention.
    Article 2.
    Les dispositions contenues dans le Reglement vise a Particle 1eT ainsi que dans la presente Convention, ne sont applicables qu'entre les Puissances contractantes et seule-ment si les belligerants sont tous parties a la Convention.
    Article 3.
    La Partie belligerante qui violerait les dispositions dudit Reglement sera tenue a fndemnite, s'il y a lieu. Elie sera responsable de tous actes commis par les personnes iaisant partie de sa force armee.
    Article 4.
    La presente Convention dument ratifiee remplacera, dans les rapports entre les Puissances contractantes, la Convention du 29 juillet 1899 concernant les lois et coutumes de la guerre sur terre.
    La Convention de 1899 reste en vigueur dans les rapports entre les Puissances qui Pont signee et qui ne ratifieraient pas egalement la presente Convention.
    Article 5.
    La presente Convention sera ratifiee aussitot que possible.
    Les ratifications seront deposees a La Haye.
    Le premier depot de ratifications sera constate par un proces-verbal signe par les
    10
    Until a more complete code of the laws of war has been issued, the High Contracting Parties deem it expendient to declare that, in cases not included in the Regulations adopted by them, the inhabitants and the belligerents remain under the protection and the rule of the principles of the law of nations, as they result from the usages established among civilized peoples, from the laws of humanity, and the dictates of the public conscience.
    They declare that it is in this sense especially that Articles I and II of the Regulations adopted must be understood.
    The High Contracting Parties, wishing to conclude a fresh Convention to this effect, have appointed the following as their Plenipotentiaries:
    [Here follow the names of the Plenipotentiaries.]
    Who, after having deposited their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following:
    Article 1.
    The Contracting Powers shall issue instructions to their armed land forces which shall be in conformity with the Regulations respecting the Laws and Customs of War on Land, annexed to the present Convention.
    Article 2.
    The provisions contained in the Regulations referred to in Article I, as well as in the present Convention, do not apply except between Contracting Powers, and then only if all the belligerents are parties to the Convention.
    Article 3.
    A belligerent party which violates the provisions of the said Regulations shall, if the case demands, be liable to pay compensation. It shall be responsible for all acts committed by persons forming part of its armed forces.
    Article 4.
    The present Convention, duly ratified, shall as between the Contracting Powers, be substituted for the Convention of the 29th July, 1899, respecting the Laws and Customs of War on Land.
    The Convention of 1899 remains in force as between the Powers which signed it, and which do not also ratify the present Convention.
    Article 5.
    The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible.
    The ratifications shall be deposited at The Hague.
    The first deposit of ratifications shall be recorded in a proces-verbal signed
    11
    representants des Puissances qui y prennent part et par le Ministre des Affaires Etrangeres des Pays-Bas.
    Les depots ulterieurs de ratifications se fieront au moyen d’une notification ecrite adressee au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et accompagnee de Pinstrument de ratification.
    Copie certifiee confiorme du proces-verbal relatifi au premier depot de ratifications, des notifications mentionnees a Palinea precedent ainsi que des instruments de ratification, sera immediatement remise par les soins du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et par la voie diplomatique aux Puissances conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix, ainsi qu1 autres Puissances qui auront adhere a la Convention. Dans les cas vises par Palinea precedent ledit Gouvernement leur fiera connaitre en meme temps la date a laquelle il a re$u la notification.
    Article 6.
    Les Puissances non signataires sont admises a adherer a la presente Convention.
    La Puissance qui desire adherer notifie par ecrit son intention au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas en lui transmettant Pacte d'adhesion qui sera depose dans les archives dudit Gouvernement.
    Ce Gouvernement transmettra immediatement a toutes les autres Puissances copie certifiee confiorme de la notification ainsi que de Pacte dPadhesion, en indiquant la date a laquelle il a re$u la notification.
    Article 7.
    La presente Convention produira efifet, pour les Puissances qui auront participe au premier depot de ratifications, soixante jours apres la date du proces-verbal de ce depot et, pour les Puissances qui ratifieront ulterieurement ou qui adhereront, soixante jours apres que la notification de leur ratification ou de leur adhesion aura ete re^ue par le Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    Article 8.
    S’il arrivait qu’une des Puissances contractantes voulut denoncer la presente Convention, la denunciation sera notifiee par ecrit au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas qui com-muniquera immediatement copie certifiee confiorme de la notification a toutes les autres Puissances en leur fiaisant savoir la date a laquelle il Pa reque.
    La denonciation ne produira ses effets qu’a Pegard de la Puissance qui Paura notifiee et un an apres que la notification en sera parvenue au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    Article 9.
    Un registre tenu par le Ministere des Ajfaires Etrangeres des Pays-Bas indiquera la date du depot de ratifications ejfectue en vertu de Particle 5, alineas 3 et 4, ainsi que
    12
    by the Representatives of the Powers which take part therein and by the Netherland Minister for Foreign Affairs.
    The subsequent deposits of ratifications shall be made by means of a written notification, addressed to the Netherland Government and accompanied by the instrument of ratification.
    A duly certified copy of the proces-verbal relative to the first deposit of ratifications, of the notifications mentioned in the preceding paragraph, as well as of the instruments of ratification, shall be immediately sent by the Netherland Government, through the diplomatic channel, to the Powers invited to the Second Peace Conference, as well as to the other Powers which have adhered to the Convention. In the cases contemplated in the preceding paragraph the said Government shall at the same time inform them of the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 6.
    Non-Signatory Powers may adhere to the present Convention.
    The Power which desires to adhere notifies in writing its intention to the Netherland Government, forwarding to it the act of adhesion, which shall be deposited in the archives of the said Government.
    This Government shall at once transmit to all the other Powers a duly certified copy of the notification as well as of the act of adhesion, mentioning the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 7.
    The present Convention shall come into force, in the case of the Powers which were a party to the first deposit of ratifications, sixty days after the date of the proces-verbal of this deposit, and, in the case of the Powers which ratify subsequently or which adhere, sixty days after the notification of their ratification, or of their adhesion has been received by the Netherland Government.
    Article 8.
    In the event of one of the Contracting Powers wishing to denounce the present Convention, the denunciation shall be notified in writing to the Netherland Government, which shall at once communicate a duly certified copy of the notification to all the other Powers, informing them of the date on which it was received.
    The denunciation shall only hav e effect in regard to the notifying power, and one year after the notification has reached the Netherland Government.
    Article 9.
    A register kept by the Netherland Ministry for Foreign Affairs shall give the date of the deposit of ratifications made in virtue of Article V, para-
    558485°-—44----2
    13
    ANNEXE A LA CONVENTION.
    14

    2°.
    3°.
    4°.
    la date a laquelle auront ete regues les notifications d'adhesion {article 6, alinea 2) ou de denonciation {article 8, alinea 7).
    Dans les pays oil les milices ou des corps de volontaires constituent Farmee ou enfont partie, Us sont compris sous la denomination d'armee.
    Chaque Puissance contractante est admise a prendre connaissance de ce registre et a en demander des extraits certifies confiormes.
    En fioi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires ont revetu la presente Convention de leurs signatures.
    Fait a La Haye, le dix-huit octobre mil neufi cent sept, en un seul exemplaire qui restera depose dans les archives du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et dont des copies, certifiees confiormes, seront remises par la voie diplomatique aux Puissances qui ont | ete conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix.
    [Here follows signatures.]
    Article 2.
    La population d'un territoire non occupe qui, a I'approche de Fennemi, prend spontanement les armes pour combattre les troupes d'invasion sans avoir eu le temps de s'organiser confiormement a F article premier, sera consider ee comme belligerante si elle porte les armes ouvertement et si elle respecte les lois et coutumes de la guerre.
    Les lois, les droits et les devoirs de la guerre ne s'appliquent pas seulement a Farmee, mais encore aux milices et aux corps de volontaires reunissant les conditions suivantes:
    7°. d'avoir a leur tete une personne responsable pour ses subordonnes;
    d'avoir un signe distinctififixe et reconnaissable a distance;
    de porter les armes ouvertement et
    de se confiormer dans leurs operations aux lois et coutumes de la guerre.
    REGLEMENT CONCERN ANT LES LOIS ET COUTUMES DE LA GUERRE SUR TERRE.
    Section I.—Des Belligerants.
    Chapitre I.—De la Qualite de Belligerant.
    Article Premier.
    Article 3.	I
    Lesfiorces armees des Parties belligerantes peuvent se composer de combattants et de ' non-combattants. En cas de capture par Fennemi, les uns et les autres ont droit au traitement des prisonniers de guerre.
    linea 2, graphs 3 and 4, as well as the date on which the notifications of adhesion (Article VI, paragraph 2) or of denunciation (Article VIII, paragraph 1) were received.
    fire el t Each Contracting Power is entitled to have access to this register and to be supplied with duly certified extracts.
    it leur In faith whereof the Plenipotentiaries have appended their signatures to the present Convention.
    airequ. Done at The Hague, the 18th October, 1907, in a single copy, which copies shall remain deposited in the archives of the Netherland Government, and qui on duly certified copies of which shall be sent, through the diplomatic channel, to the Powers which have been invited to the Second Peace Conference.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    )E LA
    enfir
    pren yips 0 • si
    ANNEX TO THE CONVENTION.
    REGULATIONS RESPECTING THE LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF WAR ON LAND
    Section I.—On Belligerents.
    Chapter I.—The Qualifications of Belligerents.
    Article 1.
    "armlt The laws, rights, and duties of war apply not only to armies, but also to \vantes militia and volunteer corps fulfilling the following conditions:
    1.	To be commanded by a person responsible for his subordinates;
    2.	To have a fixed distinctive emblem recognizable at a distance;
    3.	To carry arms openly; and
    4.	To conduct their operations in accordance with the laws and customs of war.
    In countries where militia or volunteer corps constitute the army, or form part of it, they are included under the denomination “army.”
    Article 2.
    The inhabitants of a territory which has not been occupied, who, on the approach of the enemy, spontaneously take up arms to resist the invading troops without having had time to organize themselves in accordance with Article 1, shall be regarded as belligerents if they carry arms openly and if they respect the laws and customs of war.
    is etc roil a
    Article 3.
    The armed forces of the belligerent parties may consist of combatants and noncombatants. In the case of capture by the enemy, both have a right to be treated as prisoners of war.
    15
    Chapilre II.—Des Prisonniers de Guerre.
    Article 4.
    Les prisonniers de guerre sont au pouvoir du Gouvernement ennemi, mais non des individus ou des corps qui les ont captures.
    Ils doivent etre traites avec humanite.
    Tout ce qui leur appartient personnellement, excepte les armes, les chevaux et les papiers militaires, reste leur propriete.
    Pris e in. The All mail
    Article 5.
    Les prisonniers de guerre peuvent etre assujettis a finternement dans une ville, forte-resse, camp ou localite quelconque, avec obligation de ne pas s'en eloigner au dela de certaines limites determinees; mais Us ne peuvent etre enfermes que par mesure de surete indispensable, et seulement pendant la duree des circonstances qui necessitent cette mesure.
    Prise ace, nfinc rcum
    Article 6.
    D Etat peut employer, comme travailleurs, les prisonniers de guerre, selon leur grade et leurs aptitudes, a !exception des officiers. Ces travaux ne seront pas excessifs et Tauront aucun rapport avec les operations de la guerre.
    Les prisonniers peuvent etre autorises a travailler pour le compte Tadministrations publiques ou de particuliers, ou pour leur propre compte.
    Les travaux faits pour I Etat sont payes T apres les tarifs en vigueur pour les militaires de farmee nationale executant les memes travaux, ou, s'il Ten existe pas, d> apres un tarif en rapport avec les travaux executes.
    Lorsque les travaux ont lieu pour le compte d? autres administrations publiques ou pour des particuliers, les conditions en sont reglees d' accord avec I autorite militaire.
    Le salaire des prisonniers contribuera a adoucir leur position, e't le surplus leur sera compte au moment de leur liberation, sauf defalcation des frais d’entretien.
    The nk ai allh; Priso
    Arsons Work nd de a rat Whei “rsons The \ ic bal; drm
    Article 7.
    Le Gouvernement au pouvoir duquel se trouvent les prisonniers de guerre est charge de leur entretien.
    A defaut d’une entente Speciale entre les belligerants, les prisonniers de guerre seront traites pour la nournture, le couchage et Ihabillement, sur le meme pied que les troupes du Gouvernement qui les aura captures.
    The C th th< In th( war § oting Torn risonej
    16
    Chapter II.—Prisoners of War. *
    Article 4.
    non dt
    ix et h
    Prisoners of war are in the power of the hostile Government, but not of the individuals or corps who capture them.
    They must be humanely treated.
    All their personal belongings, except arms, horses, and military papers, remain their property.
    Article 5.
    le,fort dela i
    esure i ecessite.
    ur grat essifs
    stratioi
    ulitair apres i
    iques i litaire.
    'cur v
    Prisoners of war may be interned in a town, fortress, camp, or other place, and bound not to go beyond certain fixed limits; but they cannot be confined except as an indispensable measure of safety and only while the circumstances which necessitate the‘measure continue to exist.
    Article 6.
    The State may utilize the labour of prisoners of war according to their rank and aptitude, officers excepted. The tasks shall not be excessive and shall have no connection with the operations of the war.
    Prisoners may be authorized to work for the public service, for private persons, or on their own account.
    Work done for the State is paid at the rates in force for work of a similar kind done by soldiers of the national army, or, if there are none in force, at a rate according to the work executed.
    When the work is for other branches of the public service or for private persons the conditions are settled in agreement with the military authorities.
    The wages of the prisoners shall go towards improving their position, and the balance shall be paid them on their release, after deducting the cost of their maintenance.
    Article T.
    ■t char, The Government into whose hands prisoners of war have fallen is charged with their maintenance.
    re sero ^ie absence of a special agreement between the belligerents, prisoners que I °f War be treated as regards board, lodging, and clothing on the same footing as the troops of the Government who captured them.
    For most recent provisions relating to treatment of prisoners of war, see Geneva (Prisoners of War) Convention of 27 July 1929, chapter 6, infra.
    17
    Article 8.
    Les prisonniers de guerre seront soumis aux lois, riglements et ordres en vigueur dans I'armee de I'Etat au pouvoir duquel ils se trouvent. Tout acte ddinsubordination autorise, a leur egard, les mesures de rigueur necessaires.
    Les prisonniers evades, qui seraient repris avant d'avoir pu rejoindre leur armee ou avant de quitter le territoire occupe par Farmee qui les aura captures, sont possibles dt peines disciplinaires.
    Les prisonniers qui, apres avoir reussi a s'evader, sont de nouveau J aits prisonniers, ne sont possibles d'aucune peine pour la fuite anteneure.
    Article 9.
    Chaque prisonnier de guerre est tenu de declarer, s'il est interroge d ce sujet, ses veritables noms et grade et, dans le cas ou il enfreindrait cette regie, il s'exposer ait a une restriction des avantages accordes aux prisonniers de guerre de sa categoric.
    Article 10.
    Les prisonniers de guerre peuvent etre mis en liberte sur parole, si les lois de lew pays lesy autorisent, et, en pareil cas, ils sont obliges, sous la garantie de leur honneur personnel, de remplir scrupuleusement, tant vis-d-vis de leur propre Gouvernement qui vis-a-vis de celui qui les a faitsprisonniers, les engagements qu'ils auraient contraries.
    Dans le meme cas, leur propre Gouvernement est tenu de n'exiger ni accepter d'ew aucun service contraire a la parole donnee.
    Article 11.
    Un prisonnier de guerre ne peut etre contraint d'accepter sa liberte sur parole; dt meme le Gouvernement ennemi n'est pas oblige d'acceder a la demande du prisonniti reclamant sa mise en liberte sur parole.
    Article 12.
    Tout prisonnier de guerre, lib ere sur parole et repris portant les armes contre It Gouvernement envers lequel il s'etait engage d'honneur, ou contre les allies de celui-ci. perd le droit au traitement des prisonniers de guerre et peut etre traduit devant tribunaux.
    Article 13.
    Les individus qui suivent une armee sans en faire difectement partie, tels que It correspondants et les reporters de journaux, les vivandiers, les fournisseurs, qui tombei au pouvoir de I'ennemi et que celui-ci juge utile de detenir, ont droit au traitement dt prisonniers de guerre, a condition qu'ils soient munis d'une legitimation de Tautorb militaire de I'armee qu'ils accompagnaient.
    18
    Article 8.
    ur dan linaho,
    rmee o ibles 6
    Mnicrs
    ’.jet, serait
    Prisoners of war shall be subject to the laws, regulations, and orders in force in the army of the State in whose power they are. Any act of insubordination justifies the adoption towards them of such measures of severity as may be considered necessary.
    Escaped prisoners who are retaken before being able to rejoin their own army or before leaving the territory occupied by the army which captured them are liable to disciplinary punishment.
    Prisoners who, after succeeding in escaping, are again taken prisoners, are not liable to any punishment on account of the previous flight.
    Article 9.
    Every prisoner of war is bound to give, if he is questioned on the subject, his true name and rank, and if he infringes this rule, he is liable to have the advantages given to prisoners of his class curtailed.
    Article 10.
    de le honne lent q ictes. r (Ta ।
    Prisoners of war may be set at liberty on parole if the laws of their country allow, and, in such cases, they are bound, on their personal honour, scrupulously to fulfil, both towards their own Government and the Government by whom they were made prisoners, the engagements they have contracted.
    In such cases their own Government is bound neither to require of nor accept from them any service incompatible with the parole given.
    Article 11.
    role; A prisoner of war can not be compelled to accept his liberty on parole; isonn I similarly the hostile Government is not obliged to accede to the request of the prisoner to be set at liberty on parole.
    Article 12.
    ontre ctlui-yant
    Prisoners of war liberated on parole and recaptured bearing arms against the Government to whom they had pledged their honour, or against the allies of that Government, forfeit their right to be treated as prisoners of war, and can be brought before the Courts.
    que tomb1 nent auto !
    Article 13.
    Individuals who follow an army without directly belonging to it, such as newspaper correspondents and reporters, sutlers and contractors, who fall into the enemy’s hands and whom the latter thinks expedient to detain, are entitled to be treated as prisoners of war, provided they are in possession of a certificate from the military authorities of the army which they were
    accompanying.
    19
    Article 14.
    Il est constitue, des le debut des hostilites, dans chacun des Etats belligerants, et, le cas echeant, dans les pays neutres qui auront recueilli des belligerants sur leur territoire, un bureau de renseignements sur les prisonniers de guerre. Ce bureau, charge de repondre a toutes les demandes qui les concernent, reqoit des divers services competents toutes les indications relatives aux internements et aux mutations, aux mises en liberte sur parole, aux echanges, aux evasions, aux entrees dans les hopitaux, aux deces, ainsi que les autres renseignements necessaires pour etab Hr et temr a jour une fiche individuelle I pour chaque prisonnier de guerre. Le bureau devra porter sur cette fiche le numero I matncule, les nom et prenom, I’age, le lieu d’origine, le grade, le corps de troupe, les blessures, la date et le lieu de la capture, de I internement, des blessures et de la mart, ainsi que toutes les observations particulieres. La fiche individuelle sera remise au Gouvernement de P autre belligerant apres la conclusion de la paix.
    Le bureau de renseignements est egalement charge de recueillir et de centraliser tons les objets d’un usage personnel, valeurs, lettres etc., qui seront trouves sur les champs de bataille ou delaisses par des prisonniers liberes sur parole, echanges, evades ou decedes dans les hopitaux et ambulances, et de les transmettre aux interesses.
    Article 15.
    Les societes de secours pour les prisonniers de guerre, regulierement constitutes selon la loi de leur pays et ayant pour objet d’etre les intermediaires de Paction charitable, recevront, de la part des belligerants, pour elles et pour leurs agents dument accredits, I las the toutefacilite, dans les limited traceespar les necessites militaires et les regies administra-l Ithems tives, pour accomplir efficacement leur tache d’humanite. Les delegues de ces societes\ pourront etre admis a distribuer des secours dans les depots d’internement, ainsi qu’aux lieux d’etape des prisonniers rapatries, moyennant une permission personnelle delivree par Pautorite militaire, et en prenant Pengagement par ecrit de se soumettre a toutes les mesures d’ or dr e et de police que celle-ci prescrirait.
    Re] iccor
    Article 16.
    Les bureaux de renseignements jouissent de la franchise de port. Les lettres, mandats et articles d’ argent, ainsi que les colis postaux destines aux prisonniers de guerre ou expedies par eux, seront affranchis de toutes les taxes postales, aussi bien dans Qr disr les pays d’origine et de destination que dans les pays intermediaires.
    Les dons et secours en nature destines aux prisonniers de guerre seront admis er. franchise de tous droits cPentree et autres, ainsi que des taxes de transport sur les chemins de fer exploites par PEtat.
    20
    Article 14.
    An inquiry office for prisoners of war is instituted on the commencement of hostilities in each of the belligerent States, and, when necessary, in neutral countries which have received belligerents in their territory. It is the function of this office to reply to all inquiries about the prisoners. It receives from the various services concerned full information respecting internments and transfers, releases on parole, exchanges, escapes, admissions into hospital, deaths, as well as other information necessary to enable it to make out and keep up to date an individual return for each prisoner of war. The office must state in this return the regimental number, name and surname, age, place of origin, rank, unit, wounds, date and place of capture, internment, wounding, and death, as well as any observations of a special character. The individual return shall be sent to the Government of the other belligerent after the conclusion of peace.
    It is likewise the function of the inquiry office to receive and collect all objects of personal use, valuables, letters, &c., found on the field of battle or left by prisoners who have been released on parole, or exchanged, or who have escaped, or died in hospitals or ambulances, and to forward them to those concerned.
    Article 15.
    Relief societies for prisoners of war, which are properly constituted in accordance with the laws of their country and with the object of serving as the channel for charitable effort shall receive from the belligerents, for themselves and their duly accredited agents every facility for the efficient performance of their humane task within the bounds imposed by military necessities and administrative regulations. Agents of these societies may be admitted to the places of internment for the purpose of distributing relief, as also to the halting places of repatriated prisoners, if furnished with a personal permit by the military authorities, and on giving an undertaking in writing to comply with ali measures of order and police which the latter may issue.
    Article 16.
    Inquiry offices enjoy the privilege of free postage. Letters, money orders, and valuables, as well as parcels by post, intended for prisoners of war, or dispatched by them, shall be exempt from all postal duties in the countries of origin and destination, as well as in the countries they pass through.
    Presents and relief in kind for prisoners of war shall be admitted free of all import or other duties, as well as of payments for carriage by the State railways.
    21
    Article 17.
    Les officiers prisonniers recevront la solde a laquelle ont droit les officiers de meme grade du pays ou ils sont retenus, a charge de remboursement par leur Gouvernement.
    Article 18.
    Toute latitude est laissle aux prisonniers de guerre pour Pexercice de leur religion, y compris P assistance aux offices de leur culte, a la seule condition de se conformer aux mesures d'ordre et de police prescrites par Pautorite militaire.
    Article 19.
    Les testaments des prisonniers de guerre sont requs ou dresses dans les memes conditions que pour les militaires de Parmle nationale.
    On suivra Igalement les memes regies en ce qui concerne les pieces relatives a la constatation des dices, ainsi que pour Pinhumation des prisonniers de guerre, en tenant compte de leur grade et de leur rang.
    Article 20.
    Apres la conclusion de la paix, le rapatriement des prisonniers de guerre s'efectuera dans le plus bref dllai possible.
    Chapitre III.—Des Malades et des Blessls.
    Article 21.
    Les obligations des belliglrants concernant le service des malades et des blessls sont rlgies par la Convention de Geneve.
    I
    Section II.—Des Hostihtls.
    Chapitre I.—Des Moyens de Nuire a PEnnemi, des Sieges et des Bombardements.
    Article 22.
    Les belliglrants E ont pas un droit illimitl quant au choix des moyens de nuire a Pennemi.
    Article 23.
    Outre les prohibitions Itablies par des conventions splciales, il est notamment interdit:
    a.	d'employer du poison
    b.	de tuer ou de blesser Parmle ennemie;
    ou des armes empoisonnles;
    par trahison des individus appartenant a la nation ou a
    22
    Article 17.
    mtm mint
    Officers taken prisoners shall receive the same rate of pay as officers of corresponding rank in the country where they are detained, the amount to be ultimately refunded by their own Government.
    Article 18.
    Prisoners of war shall enjoy complete liberty in the exercise of their religion, including attendance at the services of whatever Church they may belong to, on the sole condition that they comply with the measures of order and police issued by the military authorities.
    Article 19.
    The wills of prisoners of war are received or drawn up in the same way as for soldiers of the national army.
    The same rules shall be observed regarding death certificates as well as for the burial of prisoners of war, due regard being paid to their grade and rank.
    Article 20.
    After the conclusion of peace, the repatriation of prisoners of war shall be carried out as quickly as possible.
    Chapter III.—The Sick and Wounded.
    Article 21.
    The obligations of belligerents with regard to the sick and wounded are governed by the Geneva Convention.*
    Section II.—Hostilities.
    Chapter I.—Means of Injuring the Enemy, Sieges, and Bombardments-
    Article 22.
    The right of belligerents to adopt means of injuring the enemy is not unlimited.
    Article 23.
    In addition to the prohibitions provided by special Conventions, it is especially forbidden—
    a.	To employ poison or poisoned weapons;
    b.	To kill or wound treacherously individuals belonging to the hostile nation or army.
    * For most recent provisions relating to treatment of sick and wounded, see Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 27 July 1929, chapter 7, infra.
    23
    c.	de tuer ou de blesser un ennemt qui, ay ant mis bas les armes ou n’ ayant plus les moyens de se defendre, s’est rendu a discretion;
    d.	de declarer qu’il ne sera pas fait de quartier;
    e.	d’employer des armes, des projectiles ou des matieres propres a causer des maux superfius;
    f.	d’user indument du pavilion parlementaire, du pavilion national ou'des insignes militaires et de I’uniforme de I’ennemi, ainsi que des signes distinctifs de la Convention de Geneve;
    g.	de detruire ou de saisir des proprietes ennemies, sauf les cas ou ces destructions ou ces saisies seraient imperieusement commandees par les necessites de la guerre;
    h.	de declarer eteints, suspendus ou non recevables en justice, les droits et actions des nationaux de la Par tie adverse.
    Il est egalement interdit a un belligerant de forcer les nationaux de la Partie adverse a prendre part aux operations de guerre dirigees contre leur pays, meme dans le cas ou Us auraient ete a son service avant le commencement de la guerre.
    Article 24.
    Les ruses de guerre et I’emploi des moyens necessaires pour se procurer des renseigne-ments sur I’ennemi et sur le terrain sent consideres comme licites.
    Article 25.
    Il est interdit d’attaquer ou de bombarder, par quelque moyen que ce soit, des villes, villages, habitations ou bdtiments qui ne sont pas defendus.
    Article 26.
    Le commandant des troupes assailantes, avant d’entreprendre le bombardement, et sauf le cas d’attaque de vive force, devra faire tout ce qui depend de lui pour en avertir les autorites.
    Article 27.
    Dans les sieges et bombardements, toutes les mesures necessaires doivent etre prises pour epargner, autant que possible, les edifices consacres aux cultes, aux arts, aux sciences et a la bienfaisance, les monuments historiques, les hbpitaux et les lieux de rassemblement de malades et de blesses, a condition qu’ils ne soient pas employes en meme temps a un but militaire.
    Le devoir des assieges est de designer ces edifices ou lieux de rassemblement par des signes visibles speciaux qui seront notifies d’avance a I’assiegeant.
    Article 28.
    Il est interdit de livrer au pillage une ville ou localite meme prise d’assaut.
    24
    r. To kill or wound an enemy who, having laid down his arms, or having no longer means of defence, has surrendered at discretion;
    d. To declare that no quarter will be given;
    e. To employ arms, projectiles, or material calculated to cause unnecessary suffering;
    /.To make improper use of a flag of truce, of the national flag, or of the military insignia and uniform of the enemy, as well as the distinctive badges of the Geneva Convention;
    g.	To destroy or seize the enemy’s property, unless such destruction or seizure be imperatively demanded by the necessities of war;
    h.	To declare abolished, suspended, or inadmissible in a Court of law the rights and actions of the nationals of the hostile party.
    A belligerent is likewise forbidden to compel the nationals of the hostile party to take part in the operations of war directed against their own country, even if they were in the belligerent’s service before the commencement of the war.
    Article 24.
    Ruses of war and the employment of measures necessary for obtaining information about the enemy and the country are considered permissible.
    Article 25.
    The attack or bombardment, by whatever means, of towns, villages, dwellings, or buildings which are undefended is prohibited.
    Article 26.
    The officer in command of an attacking force must, before commencing a bombardment, except in cases of assault, do all in his power to warn the authorities.
    Article 27.
    In sieges and bombardments all necessary steps must be taken to spare, as far as possible, buildings dedicated to religion, art, science, or charitable purposes, historic monuments, hospitals, and places where the sick and wounded are collected, provided they are not being used at the time Tor military purposes.
    It is the duty of the besieged to indicate the presence of such buildings or places by distinctive and visible signs, which shall be notified to the enemy beforehand.
    Article 28.
    The pillage of a town or place, even when taken by assault, is prohibited.
    25
    Chapitre 11.-—Des Espions.
    Article 29.
    Ne peut etre considere comme espion que Pindividu qui, agissant clandestinement ou sous de faux pretextes, recueille ou cherche a recueillir des informations dans la zone d"operations d’un belligerant, avec Pintention de les communiquer a la Partie adverse.
    Ainsi les militaires non deguises qui ont penetre dans la zone d’ operations de Parmee ennemie, a Pefjet de recueillir des informations, ne sont pas consideres comme espions. De meme, ne sont pas consideres comme espions: les militaires et les non militaires, accomplissant ouvertement leur mission, charges de transmettre des depeches destinees, soit a leur propre armee, soit a Parmee ennemie. A cette categoric appartiennent egalement les individus envoyes en ballon pour transmettre les depeches, et, en general, pour entretenir les communications entre les diverses parties dPne armee ou (Tun territoire.
    ?on
    T
    an< lat.
    ntn irni'
    ainii ' rrit
    Article 30.
    Eespion pris sur le fait ne pourra etre puni sans jugement prealable.
    Article 31.
    Msp iptur tsponj
    Eespion qui, ayant rejoint Parmee a laquelle il appartient, est capture plus tard par Pennemi, est traite comme prisonnier de guerre et n’encourt aucune responsabilite pour ses actes d’ espionnage anterieurs.
    Chapitre III.—Des Parlementaires.
    Article 32.
    A per lone ( Jl° ad-fl as t bo ma,
    Est considere comme parlementaire Pindividu autorise par Pun des belligerants a entrer en pourparlers avec Pautre et se presentant avec le drapeau blanc. Il a droit a Pinviolabilite ainsi que le trompette, clairon ou tambour, le porte-drapeau et Pinter-prete qui Paccompagneraient.
    Article 33.
    Le chef auquel un parlementaire est expedie n’est pas oblige de le recevoir en toutes^ circonstances.	’Feceivi
    Il peut prendre toutes les mesures necessaires afin d'empecher le parlementaire de He profiler de sa mission pour se renseigner.	fe of hj
    Il a le droit, en cas cPabus, de retenir temporairement le parlementaire.	In case
    26
    Chapter II.—Spies.
    Article 29.
    nent oi la zon
    I’armi espion. litaire. ’stink tiennei genera iu (ft
    A person can only be considered a spy when, acting clandestinely or on false pretences, he obtains or endeavours to obtain information in the zone of operations of a belligerent, with the intention of communicating' it to the hostile party.
    Thus, soldiers not wearing a disguise who have penetrated into the zone of operations of the hostile army, for the purpose of obtaining information, are not considered spies. Similarly, the following are not considered spies: Soldiers and civilians, carrying out their mission openly, intrusted with the delivery of despatches intended either for their own army or for the enemy’s army. To this class belong likewise persons sent in balloons for the purpose of carrying despatches and, generally, of maintaining communications between the different parts of an army or a territory.
    Article 30.	A \
    A spy taken in the act shall not be punished without previous trial.
    Article 31.
    llus tai A SPV who’ after rejoining the army to which he belongs, is subsequently captured by the enemy, is treated as a prisoner of war, and incurs no responsibility for his previous acts of espionage.
    Chapter III.—Flags of Truce.
    Article 32.
    fiant! A person is regarded as bearing a flag of truce who has been authorized 7 a d; !bY one of the belligerents to enter into communication with the other, and it pin -who advances bearing a white flag. He has a right to inviolability, as well as the trumpeter, bugler or drummer, the flag-bearer and interpreter who may accompany him.
    Article 33.	•
    tn to5 be commander to whom a flag of truce is sent is not in all cases obliged o receive it.
    tnlaift't He may take all the necessary steps to prevent the envoy taking advan-age of his mission to obtain information.
    In case of abuse, he has the right to detain _the envoy temporarily.
    27
    Article 34.
    Le parlementaire perd ses droits d'inviolabilite, s'il est prouve, d'une maniere positive et irrecusable, qu'il a profile de sa position privilegiee pour provoquer ou commettre un acte de tr ahi son.
    Chapitre IV.—Des Capitulations.
    Article 35.
    Les capitulations arretees entre les Parties contractantes doivent tenir compte des regies de Fhonneur militaire.
    Line fois fixees, elles doivent etre scrupuleusement observees par les deux Parties.
    Chapitre V.—De I'Armistice.
    Article 36.
    L' armistice suspend les operations de guerre par un accord mutuel des Parties belligerantes. Si la duree n'en est pas dete'rminee, les Parties belligerantes peuvent reprendre en tout temps les operations, pourvu toutefiois que Fennemi soit averti en temps convenu, conformement aux conditions de Farmistice.
    Article 37.
    IF armistice peut etre general ou local. Le premier suspend par tout les operations, de guerre des Etats belligerants; le second, seulement entre certaines firactions des armees belligerantes et dans un rayon determine.
    Article 38.
    E armistice doit etre notifie officiellement et en temps utile aux autorites competentes et aux troupes. Les hostilites sont suspendues immediaiement apres la notification ou au terme fixe.
    Article 3Q.
    a
    । a
    >n<
    be] lly r< trnec
    arn
    r ar: aut. ’jr the
    Il depend des Parties contractantes de fixer, dans les clauses de Farmistice, les rapports qui pourraient avoir lieu, sur le theatre de la guerre, avec les populations et entre elles.
    1 rest: ' wh, £bitai
    Article 40.
    Toute violation grave de Farmistice, par Pune des Parties, donne a I'autre le droit de le denoncer et meme, en cas d'urgence, de reprendre immediatement les hostilites.
    >y ser
    1 y the
    1 iC*ng
    Article 34.
    wzta The envoy loses his rights of inviolability if it is proved in a clear and thdtrt incontestable manner that he has taken advantage of his privileged position to provoke or commit an act of treachery.
    Chapter IV.—Capitulations.
    Article 35.
    >te de Capitulations agreed upon between the contracting parties must take into account the rules of military honour.
    es. Once settled, they must be scrupulously observed by both parties.
    Chapter V.—Armistices.
    Partii beuvei
    Articles 36.
    An armistice suspends military operations by mutual agreement between he belligerent parties. If its duration is not defined, the belligerent parties i temf> nay resume operations at any time, provided always that the enemy is varned within the time agreed upon, in accordance with the terms of he armistice.
    Article 37.
    (ratio An armistice may be general or local. The first suspends the military ons d >perations of the belligerent States everywhere; the second only between ertain fractions of the belligerent armies and within a fixed radius.
    Article 38.
    petem ition
    tice, ations
    An armistice must be notified officially and in good time to the compe-ent authorities and to the troops. Hostilities are suspended immediately fter the notification, or on the date fixed.
    . Article 39.
    It rests with the contracting parties to settle, in the terms of the armis-ce, what communications may be held in the theatre of war with the
    ^habitants and between the inhabitants of one belligerent State and those f the other.
    > le di j
    (Hites, arty, the right of denouncing it, and even, in cases of urgency, of recom-
    Article 40.
    Any serious violation of the armistice by one of the parties gives the other lencing hostilities immediately.
    5584950—44----3
    29
    Article 41.
    La violation des clauses de P armistice, par des particuliers agissant de leur proprt initiative, donne droit seulement a reclamer la punition des coupables et, s’il v a lieu une indemnite pour les pertes eprouvees.
    Section III.—De PAutorite Militaire sur le Territoire de PEtat Ennemi.
    Article 42.
    Un territoire est considere comme occupe lorsqu’il se trouve place de fait sous Pautoriti de Parmee ennemie.
    U occupation ne s’etend qu’aux territoires oil cette autorite est etablie et en mesurl de s’exercer.
    T' i nth.
    Th las b
    Article 43.
    Eautorite du pouvoir legal ayant passe ci prendra toutes les mesures qui dependent qu’il est possible, P or dr e et la vie publics lois en vigueur dans le pays.
    de fait entre les mains de P occupant, celui-de lui en vue de retablir et d’assurer, autant en respectant, sauf empechement absolu, It.
    The mds I rest aspect
    Article 44.
    Il est interdit a un belligerant de forcer la population d’un territoire occupe a donne be] des renseignements sur Parmee de Pautre belligerant ou sur ses moyens de defense. ’ it tc lout ]|
    Article 45.
    Il est interdit de contraindre la la Puissance ennemie.
    population d’un territoire occupe a preter serment
    It is ft
    Sianc
    Article 46.
    Uhonneur et les droits de la famille, la vie des individus et la propriete prw ainsi que les convictions religieuses et Pexercice des cultes, doivent etre respectes.
    La propriete privee ne peut pas etre confisquee.
    My well a rivate
    Article 47.
    Le pillage est formellement interdit.
    Article 48.
    tillage j
    Si !occupant preleve, dans le territoire occupe, les impots, droits et peages establis profit de PEtat, il le fera, autant que possible, d’apres les regies de Passiette et de
    f in th, s impost
    30
    Article 41.
    propi > a lie
    li.
    A violation of the terms of the armistice by private persons acting on their own initiative only entitles the injured party to demand the punishment of the offenders or, if necessary, compensation for the losses sustained.
    Section III. Military Authority Over the Territory of the Hostile State.
    Article 42.
    'autor'
    i meet i
    Territory is considered occupied when it is actually placed under the authority of the hostile army.
    The occupation extends only to the territory where such authority has been established and can be exercised.
    Article 43.
    auth°rity °f the legitimate power having in fact passed into the r, a«M^an<^s the occupant, the latter shall take all the measures in his power isolu,
    to restore, and ensure, as far as possible, public order and safety, while respecting, unless absolutely prevented, the laws in force in the country.
    Article 44.
    a doi nse.
    A belligerent is forbidden to force the inhabitants of territory occupied by it to furnish information about the army of the other belligerent, or about its means of defence.
    Article 45.
    serine It is forbidden to compel the inhabitants of occupied territory to swear
    illegiance to the hostile Power.
    Article 46.
    ete pr Family honour and rights, the lives of p_ersons, and private property, tes. lS Wel1 aS rehgious convictions and practice, must be respected.
    Private property cannot be confiscated.
    Article 47.
    Pillage is formally forbidden.
    Article 48.
    [stall If> in the territory occupied, the occupant collects the taxes, dues, and tt( (t alls imposed for the benefit of the State, he shall do so, as far as is possible
    31
    repartition en vigueur, et il en resultera pour lui I'obligation de pourvoir aux frais de I'administration du territoire occupe dans la mesure ou le Gouvernement legal y etait tenu.
    Article 49.
    Si, en dehors des impots vises a Particle precedent, Poccupant preleve d'autres con-\ tributions en argent dans le territoire occupe, ce ne pourra etre que pour les besoins de\ I'armee ou de Padministration de ce territoire.
    Article 50.
    n c<
    pes for
    que
    Aucune peine collective, pecuniaire ou autre, ne pourra etre edictee contre les popu-l|w0 £ lations a raison de faits indwiduels dont elles ne pourraient etre considerees ro/7?z72«Lpu]a| solidairement responsables.
    irde
    Article 51.
    Aucune contribution ne sera perque qu'en vertu d'un ordre ecrit et sous la responsa-l bilite d'un general en chef.
    Il ne sera procede, autant que possible, a cette perception que d'apres les regies de I'assiette et de la repartition des impots en vigueur.
    Pour toute contribution, un requ sera delivre aux contribuables.
    P co Ijresp, he ci ible jsinf or evi
    Article 52.
    Des requisitions en nature et des services ne pourront etre reclames des communes ou des habitants, que pour les besoins de I'armee d'occupation. Ils seront en rapport avec les ressources du pays et de telle nature qu'ils n'impliquent pas pour les populations Pobligation de prendre part aux operations de la guerre contre leur patrie.
    ;quisi ies or
    ' kin
    ! to j opera ch rec “ com Ptribu ript s} °n as
    Ces requisitions et ces services ne seront reclames qu'avec Pautorisation du com mandant dans la localite occupee.
    Les prestations en nature seront, autant que possible, payees au comptant; sinon elles seront constatees par des requs, et le paiement des sommes dues sera ejfectue le plu\ cj tot possible.
    Article 53.
    L'armee qui occupe un territoire ne pourra saisir que le numeraire, les bonds et It' valeurs exigibles appartenant en propre a I'Etat, les depots d'armes, moyens de transx port, magasins et approvisionnements et, en general, toute propnete mobiliere ( • I'Etat de nature a servir aux operations de la guerre.
    Tous les moyens ajfectes sur terre, sur mer et dans les airs a la transmission t nouvelles, au transport des personnes ou des choses, en dehors des cas regis par le dro
    army • secui
    >ybel d’ ap* 9 Mission
    x Jrais al y et
    in accordance with the rules of assessment and incidence in force, and shall in consequence be bound to defray the expenses of the administration of the occupied territory to the same extent as the legitimate Government was so bound.
    Article 49.
    a> If, in addition to the taxes mentioned in the above Article, the occupant mtns levies other money contributions in the occupied territory, this shall only be for the needs of the army or of the administration of the territory in question.
    Article 50.
    espop, No general penalty, pecuniary or otherwise, shall be inflicted upon the j corn (population on account of the acts of individuals for which they cannot be regarded as jointly and severally responsible.
    Article 51.
    ’fiim No contribution shall be collected except under a written order, and on I the responsibility of a Commander-in-chief.
    ffesl The collection of the said contribution shall only be effected as far as possible in accordance with the rules of assessment and incidence of the taxes in force.
    For every contribution a receipt shall be given to the contributors.
    Article 52.
    ws < appo opuk
    con
    sinoi 'eph
    Requisitions in kind and services shall not be demanded from municipalities or inhabitants except for the needs of the army of occupation. They shall be in proportion to the resources of the country, and of such a nature as not to involve the inhabitants in the obligation of taking part in military operations against their own country.
    Such requisitions and services shall only be demanded on the authority of the commander in the locality occupied.
    Contributions in kind shall as far as possible be paid for in cash; if not, a receipt shall be given and the payment of the amount due shall be made
    as soon as possible.
    Article 53.
    eth rani '( c
    i d dro
    An army of occupation can only take possession of cash, funds, and realizable securities which are strictly the property of the State, depots of arms, means of transport, stores and supplies, and, generally, all movable property belonging to the State which may be used for hiilitary operations.
    All appliances, whether on land, at sea, or in the air, adapted for the transmission of news, or for the transport of persons or things, exclusive
    33
    maritime, les depots Tarmes et, en general, toute espece de munitions de guerrt peuvent etre saisis, meme s’Us appartiennent a des personnes privees, mais devrot etre restitues et les indemnites seront reglees a la paix.
    case
    amr (uals
    Article 54.
    Les cables sous-marins reliant un territoire occupe a un territoire neutre ne sera u!j:: saisis ou detruits que dans le cas Tune necessite absolue. Ils devront egalemei )rfs etre restitues et les indemnites seront reglees a la paix.	1 ' '
    11 nad
    Article 55.
    L’Etat occupant ne se considerera que comme administrateur et usufruitier dt edifices publics, immeubles, fiorets et exploitations agricoles appartenant a PEtat et nemi et se trouvant dans le pays occupe. Il devra sauvegarder le fionds de ces pro prietes et les administrer confiormement aux regies de Pusufruit.
    ' ’he
    I ctua ! ongi I st s; ■ orck
    Article 56.
    Les biens des communes, ceux des etablissements consacres aux cultes, d la charit et a Pinstruction, aux arts et aux sciences, meme appartenant a PEtat, seront traite. comme la propriete privee.
    Toute saisie, destruction ou degradation intentionnelle de sembtables etablissemenls de monuments historiques, T oeuvres Tart et de science, est interdite et doit etn poursuivie.
    "he ] ilrity • 11 be ill st tract 1 she
    34
    de gu °f cases governed by naval law, depots of arms, and, generally, all kinds ais dei \°^ ammunition of war, may be seized, even if they belong to private individuals, but must be restored and compensation fixed when peace is made.
    Article 54.
    e ne se Submarine cables connecting an occupied territory with a neutral ter-r^tor^ sba^ not be seized or destroyed except in the case of absolute necessity. They must likewise be restored and compensation fixed when peace is made.
    Article 55.
    ruitier I’Etat 'e ces
    The occupying State shall be regarded only as administrator and usufructuary of public buildings, real estate, forests, and agricultural estates belonging to the hostile State, and situated in the occupied country. It must safeguard the capital of these properties, and administer them in accordance with the rules of usufruct.
    Article 56.
    la chi I mt tri |
    sseme | doit !
    The property of municipalities, that of institutions dedicated to religion, charity and education, the arts and sciences, even when State property, shall be treated as private property.
    All seizure of, destruction or wilful damage done to institutions of this character, historic monuments, works of art and science, is forbidden, and should be made the subject of legal proceedings.
    35
    itre 3
    DROITS ET DEVOIRS DES PUISSANCES ] ET DES PERSONNES NEUTRES
    Convention de La Haye No. V, 18 Octobre 1907
    [Original]
    CONVENTION
    CONCERN ANT LES DROITS ET LES DEVOIRS'DES PUISSANCE ET DES PERSONNES NEUTRES EN CAS DE GUERRE SUE TERRE
    [H the (
    W Pow who
    Be pent indi'
    H; cons
    [H
    [Here follows a list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiarie to the Conference.]
    En vue de mieux preciser les droits et les devoirs des Puissances neutres en cas d guerre sur terre et de regler la situation des belligerants refugies en territoire neutre.
    Desir ant egalement definir la qualite de neutre en attendant qu'il soit possible df regler dans son ensemble la situation des particuhers neutres dans leurs rapports avec les belligerants;
    Ont resolu de conclure une Convention a cet effet et ont, en consequence, nommt pour Leurs Plenipotentiaires, savoir:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Lesquels, apres avoir depose leurs plans pouvoirs trouves en bonne et due forme sont convenus des dispositions suivantes:
    Chapitre I.—Des Droits et des Devoirs des Puissances Neutres.
    Article Premier.
    Le territoire des Puissances neutres est inviolable.
    Article 2.
    Il est interdit aux belligerants de faire passer a travers le territoire dune Puissana neutre des troupes ou des convois, soit de munitions, soit dapprovisionnements.
    forn
    Be ofw
    36
    Chapter 3
    RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF NEUTRAL POWERS AND PERSONS
    Hague Convention No. V of 18 October 1907
    ; (36 Stat. 2310; Treaty Series No. 540; Malloy, Treaties, Vol. II, p. 2290) ’[Translation]
    CONVENTION
    RESPECTING THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF NEUTRAL
    1 SU POWERS AND PERSONS IN CASE OF WAR ON LAND
    [Here follows a list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to ntiari! the Conference.]
    cas neutfi 7 A appon
    noma
    With a view to laying down more clearly the rights and duties of neutral Powers in case of war on land and regulating the position of the belligerents who have taken refuge in neutral territory;
    Being likewise desirous of defining the meaning of the term “neutral”, pending the possibility of settling, in its entirety, the position of neutral individuals in their relations with the belligerents;
    Have resolved to conclude a Convention to this effect, and have, in consequence, appointed the following as their Plenipotentiaries:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    fon Who, after having deposited their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following provisions:
    Chapter I.—The Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers.
    Article 1.	f
    The territory of neutral Powers is inviolable.
    Article 2.
    Belligerents are forbidden to move troops or convoys of either munitions of war or supplies across the territory of a neutral Power.
    37
    Article 3.
    Il est egalement interdit aux belligerants:
    a.	d'installer sur le territoire d'une Puissance neutre une station radio-telegra-phique ou tout appareil destine a servir comme moyen de communication avec des forces belligerantes sur terre ou sur mer;
    b.	(Putiliser toute installation de ce genre etablie par eux avant la guerre sur le territoire de la Puissance neutre dans un but exclusivement militaire, et qui n'a pas ete ouverte au service de la correspondance publique.
    Be
    Article 4.
    Des corps de combattants ne peuvent etre formes, ni des bureaux d'enrolement ouverts, sur le territoire cP une Puissance neutre au profit des belligerants.
    Article 5.
    Une Puissance neutre ne doit tolerer sur son territoire aucun des actes vises par les articles 2 a 4.
    Elie riest tenue de punir des actes contraires a la neutrality que si ces actes ont ete commis sur son propre territoire.
    Article 6.
    La responsabilite d'une Puissance neutre riest pas engagee par le fait que des individus passent insolement la frontiere pour se mettre au service de Pun des belligerants.
    Article 7.
    Une Puissance neutre riest pas tenue d'empecher Pexportation ou le transit, pour le compte de Pun ou de Pautre des belligerants, d'armes, de munitions, et, en general, de tout ce qui peut etre utile a une armee ou a une fiotte.
    Article 8.
    Une Puissance neutre riest pas tenue d' inter dire ou de restreindre Pusage, pour les belligerants, des cables telegraphiques ou telephoniques, ainsi que des appareils de telegraphic sans fil, qui sont, soit sa propriete, so it celle de compagnies ou de par-ticuliers.
    Article 9.
    Toutes mesures restrictives ou prohibitives prises par une Puissance neutre a Pegard des matieres visees par les articles 7 et 8 devront etre uniformement appliquees par elle aux belligerants.
    La Puissance neutre veillera au respect de la meme obligation par les compagnies ou particuliers proprietaries de cables telegraphiques ou telephoniques ou cPappareils de telegraphic sans fil.
    . I
    Co on tl
    A
    II to
    It the s
    Th cross ereni
    A on bi inge
    A of th appa
    E\ in re Parti ,A Con wire.
    38
    i-telegra-lion avet
    re sur It
    , et qw
    'diement
    •ue des
    >s bel-[
    'nerab
    ur les ils th
    fr-
    Article 3.
    Belligerents are likewise forbidden to:
    a.	Erect on the territory of a neutral Power a wireless telegraphy station or other apparatus for the purpose of communicating with belligerent forces on land or sea;
    b.	Use any installation of this kind established by them before the war on the territory of a neutral Power for purely military purposes, and which has not been opened for the service of public messages.
    Article 4.
    Corps of combatants cannot be formed nor recruiting agencies opened on the territory of a neutral Power to assist the belligerents.
    Article 5.
    A neutral Power must not allow any of the acts referred to in Articles II to IV to occur on its territory.
    It is not called upon to punish acts in violation of its neutrality unless the said acts have been committed on its own territory.
    Article 6.
    The responsibility of a neutral Power is not engaged by the fact of persons crossing the frontier separating to offer their services to one of the belligerents.
    Article 7.
    A neutral Power is not called upon to prevent the export or transport’ on behalf of one or other of the belligerents, of arms, munitions of war, or’ in general, of anything which can be of use to an army or a fleet.
    Article 8.
    A neutral Power is not called upon to forbid or restrict the use on behalf of the belligerents of telegraph or telephone cables or of wireless telegraphy apparatus belonging to it or to Companies or private individuals.
    ireils
    Article 9.
    Every measure of restriction or prohibition taken by a neutral Power in regard to the matters referred to in Articles VII and VIII must be impartially applied by it to both belligerents.
    . A neutral Power must see to the same obligation being observed by Companies or private individuals owning telegraph or telephone cables or wireless telegraphy apparatus.
    39
    Article 10.
    Ne peut etre considere comme un acte hostile le fait, par une Puissance neutre, de repousser, meme par la force, les atteintes a sa neutr alite.
    Chapitre II.—Des Belligerants Internes et des Blesses Soignes chez les Neutres.
    Article 11.
    La Puissance neutre qui reqoit sur son territoire des troupes appartenant aux armees belliger antes, les internera, autant que possible, loin du theatre de la guerre.
    Elie pourra les garder dans des camps, et meme les enfermer dans des forteresses ou dans des lieux appropries a cet effet.
    Elie decider a si les officiers peuvent etre laisses libres en prenant I engagement sur parole de ne pas quitter le territoire neutre sans autorisation.
    Article 12.
    A defaut de convention Speciale, la Puissance neutre fournira aux internes les vivres, les habillements et les secours commandes par Ihumanite.
    Bonification sera faite, a la paix, des frais occasionnes par !internement.
    Article 13
    La Puissance neutre qui reqoit des prisonniers de guerre evades les laissera en liberte. Si elle tolere leur sejour sur son territoire, elle peut leur assigner une residence.
    La meme disposition est applicable aux prisonniers de guerre amenes par des troupes se refugiant sur le territoire de la Puissance neutre.
    Article 14.
    Une Puissance neutre pourra autoriser le passage sur son territoire des blesses ou malades appartenant aux armees belligerantes, sous la reserve que les trains qui les ameneront ne transporteront ni personnel, ni materiel de guerre. En pareil cas, la Puissance neutre est tenue de prendre les mesures de surete et de controle necessaircs a cet effet.	i
    Les blesses ou malades amenes dans ces conditions sur le territoire neutre par un des belligerants, et qui appartiendraient a la partie adverse, devront etre gardes par la Puissance neutre de maniere qu'ils ne puis sent de nouveau prendre part aux operations de la guerre. Cette Puissance aura les memes devoirs quant aux blesses ou malades de I autre armee qui lui seraient confies.
    40
    Article 10.
    'litre, d
    'titres.
    llrinerA teresse.. mt sin
    vivres,
    m en fence.
    wpes
    The fact of a neutral Power resisting, even by force, attempts to violate its neutrality cannot be regarded as a hostile act.
    Chapter II.—Belligerents Interned and Wounded tended in Neutral territory.
    Article 11.
    A neutral Power which receives on its territory troops belonging to the belligerent armies shall intern them, as far as possible, at a distance from the theatre of war.
    It may keep them in camps and even confine them in fortresses or in places set apart for this purpose.
    It shall decide whether officers can be left at liberty on giving their parole not to leave the neutral territory without permission.
    Article 12.
    In the absence of a special Convention to the contrary, the neutral Power shall supply the interned with the food, clothing, and relief required by humanity.
    At'the conclusion of peace the expenses caused by the internment shall be made good.
    Article 13.
    A neutral Power which receives escaped prisoners of war shall leave them at liberty. If it allows them to remain in its territory it may assign them a place of residence.
    The same rule applies to prisoners of war brought by troops taking refuge in the territory of a neutral Power.
    Article 14.
    's ou i les
    urcs
    des
    ■ la 'ons ide
    A neutral Power may authorize the passage into its territory of the sick and wounded belonging to the belligerent armies, on condition that the trains bringing them shall carry neither personnel or war material. In such a case, the neutral Power is bound to take whatever measures of safety and control are necessary for the purpose.
    The sick or wounded brought under these conditions into neutral territory by one of the belligerents, and belonging to the hostile party, must be guarded by the neutral Power so as to ensure their not taking part again in the military operations. The same duty shall devolve on the neutral State with regard to wounded or sick of the other army who may be committed to its care.
    41
    Article 15.
    La Convention de Geneve s'applique aux malades et aux blesses internes sur territoire neutre.
    Chapitre III.—Des Personnes Neutres.
    Article 16.
    Sont consideres comme neutres les nationaux d'un
    Etat
    qui ne prend pas part a
    guerre.
    Article 17.
    Un neutre ne peut pas se prevaloir de sa neutralite:
    a.	s'il commet des actes hostiles contre un belligerant;
    b.	s'il commet des actes en faveur d'un belligerant, notamment s'il prend volon-tairement du service dans les rangs de la force armee de I'une des Parties.
    En pareil cas, le neutre ne sera pas traite plus rigoureusement par le belligerant contre lequel il s'est departi de la neutralite que ne pourrait I'etre, a raison du meme fait, un national de I'autre Etat belligerant.
    Article 18.
    Ne seront pas consideres comme actes commis en faveur d'un des belligerants, dans le sens de I'article 17, lettre b:
    a.	les fournitures faites ou les emprunts consentis a I'un des belligerants, pourvu que le fournisseur ou le preteur n'habite ni le territoire de I'autre Partie, ni le territoire occupe par elle, et que les fournitures ne proviennent pas de ces territoires;
    b.	les services rendus en matiere de police ou d'administration civile.
    Chapitre IV.—Du Materiel des Chemins de Fer.
    Article 19.
    Le materiel des chemins de fer provenant du territoire de Puissances neutres, qu'il appartienne a ces Puissances ou a des societes ou personnes privees, et reconnaissable
    comme tel, ne pourra etre requisitionne et utilise par un belligerant que dans le cas et la mesure oil I'exige une imperieuse necessite. Il sera renvoye aussitot que possible dans le pays d'origine.
    La Puissance neutre pourra de meme, en cas de necessite, retenir et utiliser, jusqu'a due concurrence, le materiel provenant du territoire de la Puissance belligerante.
    Une indemnite sera payee de part et d'autre, en proportion du materiel utilise et de la duree de I'utilisation.
    42
    territoin
    art a la
    ' colon-
    liger am u meme
    r, dans
    pourvtt ni le'
    itoires;
    qu’il, ssabh cas d issibh
    isqiti
    etit
    Article 15.
    The Geneva Convention applies to sick and wounded interned in neutral territory.
    Chapter III.—Neutral Persons.
    Article 1G
    The nationals of a State which is not taking part in the war are considered as neutrals.
    Article 17.
    A neutral cannot avail himself of his neutrality:
    a.	If he commits hostile acts against a belligerent.
    b.	If he commits acts in favour of a belligerent, particularly if he voluntarily enlists in the ranks of the armed force of one of the parties.
    In such a case, the neutral shall not be more severely treated by the belligerent as against whom he has abandoned his neutrality than a national of the other belligerent State could be for the same act.
    Article 18.
    The following acts shall not be considered as committed in favour of one belligerent in the sense of Article XVII, letter b:
    a.	Supplies furnished or loans made to one of the belligerents, provided that the person who furnishes the supplies or who makes the loans lives neither in the territory of the other party nor in the territory occupied by him, and that the supplies do not come from these territories;
    b.	Services rendered in matters of police or civil administration.
    Chapter IV.—Railway Material.
    Article 19.
    Railway material coming from the territory of neutral Powers, whether it be the property of the said Powers or of Companies or private persons, and recognizable as such, shall not be requisitioned or utilized by a belligerent except where and to the extent that it is absolutely necessary. It shall be sent back as soon as possible to the country of origin.
    A neutral Power may likewise, in case of necessity, retain and utilize to an equal extent material coming from the territory of the belligerent Power.
    Compensation shall be paid by one party or the other in proportion to the material used, and to the period of usage.
    43
    Chapitre V.—Dispositions Finales.
    Article 20.
    Les dispositions de la presente Convention ne sont applicables qu’entre les Puissances contractantes et seulcment si les belligerants sont tons parties a la Convention.
    Article 21.
    The ontr onve
    La presente Convention sera ratifiee aussitot que possible.
    Les ratifications seront deposees a La Haye.
    Le premier depot de ratifications sera constate par un proces-verbal signe par les representants des Puissances qui y prennent part et par le Ministre des Affaires Etrangeres des Pays-Bas.
    The The The f the ethe
    Les depots ulterieurs de ratifications se feront au moyen ddurie notification ecrite,
    adressee au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et accompagnee de Pinstrument de ratification.
    Copie certifiee confiorme du proces-verbal relatifi au premier depot de ratifications, des notifications mentionnees a Palinea precedent, ainsi que des instruments de ratification sera immediatement remise par les soins du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et par la voie diplomatique aux Puissances conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix, ainsi qu’aux autres Puissances qui auront adhere a la Convention. Dans les cas vises par
    Title: iniec Ad tific, nd o etho
    Article 22.
    Palinea precedent, ledit Gouvernement leur fera connaltre en meme temps la date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    vitec hich k p] linforir
    Les Puissances non signataires sont admises a adherer a la presente Convention.
    La Puissance qui desire adherer notifie par ecrit son intention au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas en lui transmettant Pacte d? adhesion qui sera depose dans les archives dudit Gouvernement.
    Ce Gouvernement transmettra immediatement a touted les autres Puissances copie certifiee conforme de la notification ainsi que de Pacte d’adhesion en indiquant la date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    Non The ieN, lain This uly ( neniii
    Article 23.
    La presente Convention produira effet, pour les Puissances qui auront participe au premier depot de ratifications, soixante jours apres la date du proces-verbal de ce depot et, pour les Puissances qui ratifieront ulterieurement ou qui adhereront, soixante jours apres que la notification de leur ratification ou de leur adhesion aura ete reque par le Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    The A’hich date i ratify their ]
    44
    Chapter V.—Final Provisions.
    Article 20.
    issance.
    The provisions of the present Convention do not apply except between Contracting Powers, and then only if all the belligerents are parties to the Convention.
    Article 21.
    bar le. [ffaire.
    ecrite cation ns, de. ication la voit
    ains es pat date <
    The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible.
    The ratifications'shall be deposited at The Hague.
    The first deposit of ratifications shall be recorded in a proces-verbal signed by the Representatives of the Powers which take part therein and by the Netherland Minister for Foreign Affairs.
    The subsequent deposits of ratifications shall be made by means of a written notification, addressed to the Netherland Government and accompanied by the instrument of ratification.
    A duly certified copy of the proces-verbal relative to the first deposit of ratifications, of the notifications mentioned in the preceding paragraph, and of the instruments of ratification shall be immediately sent by the Netherland Government, through the diplomatic channel, to the Powers invited to the Second Peace Conference as well as to the other Powers which have adhered to the Convention. In the cases contemplated in the preceding paragraph, the said Government shall at the same time inform them of the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 22.
    t.
    it de. fives
    copie date
    de au depot jours ar le
    Non-Signatory Powers may adhere to the present Convention.
    The Power which desires to adhere notifies its intention in writing to the Netherland Government, forwarding to it the act of adhesion, which shall be deposited in the archives of the said Government.
    This Government shall immediately forward to all the other Powers a duly certified copy of the notification as well as of the act of adhesion mentioning the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 23.
    The present Convention shall come into force, in the case of the Powers which were a party to the first deposit of ratifications, sixty days after the date of the proces-verbal of this deposit, and, in the case of the Powers which ratify subsequently or which adhere, sixty days after the notification of their ratification or of their adhesion has been received by the Netherland Government.
    5584S50—44---4
    45
    Article 24.
    S’il arrivait qu’une des Puissances contractantes voulut denoncer la presente Convention, la denonciation sera notifiee par ecrit au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas qui communiquera immediatement copie certifiee conforme de la notification a toutes les autres Puissances, en leur faisant savoir la date a laquelle il Pa reque.
    La denonciation ne produira ses effets qu’d Pegard de la Puissance qui Paura notifiee et un an apres que la notification en sera parvenue au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    Article 25.
    rn th esem . ether rtilie
    ie san
    Irhei it d on
    Un registre tenu par le Ministeres des Affaires Etrangeres des Pays-Bas indiquera la date du depot des ratifications effectue en vertu de Particle 21, alineas 3 et 4, ainsi que la date a laquelle auront ete reques les notifications cP adhesion {article 22, alinea 2) ou de denonciation {article 24, alinea 7).
    Chaque Puissance contractante est admise a prendre connaissance de ce registre et a en demander des extraits certifies conformes.
    En foi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires ont revetu la presente Convention de leurs signatures.
    Fait a La Haye, le dix-huit octobre mil neufi cent sept, en un seul exemplaire qui restera depose dans les archives du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et dont des copies, certifiees conformes, seront remises par la voie diplomatique aux Puissances qui ont ete conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    A res hjedat laphs | rtich | havt Each
    1 SUP] In fe
    : the
    Done jail rC illy ce the'
    [Here
    46
    Article 24.
    ■nte Co -Bas q toutes ।
    ii Pau j merit
    In the event of one of the Contracting Powers wishing to denounce the present Convention, the denunciation shall be notified in writing to the Netherland Government, which shall immediately communicate a duly certified copy of the notification to all the other Powers, informing them at the same time of the date on which it was received.
    The denunciation shall only have effect in regard to the notifying Power, and one year after the notification has reached the Netherland Government.
    Article 25.
    ndiqut 4, air i dinea
    fistre ■
    de leu\
    aire q copit qui o
    A register kept by the Netherland Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall give the date of the deposit of ratifications made in virtue of Article XXI, paragraphs 3 and- 4, as well as the date on which the notifications of adhesion (Article XXII, paragraph 2) or of denunciation (Article XXIV, paragraph 1) have been received.
    Each Contracting Power is entitled to have access to this register and to be supplied with duly certified extracts from it.
    In faith whereof the Plenipotentiaries have appended their signatures to the present Convention.
    Done at The Hague, the 18th October, 1907, in a single copy, which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Netherland Government, and duly certified copies of which shall be sent, through the diplomatic channel, to the Powers which have been invited to the Second Peace Conference.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    47
    Chapitre 4
    LA POSE DES MINES SOUS-MARINES AUTOMATIQUES
    AY
    Convention de La Haye No. VIII, 18 Octobre 19(17
    Stat
    [Original]
    CONVENTION
    RELATIVE A LA POSE DE MINES SOUS-MARINES AUTOMATIQUES DE CONTACT
    :lai
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    |Here I the Co
    S'inspirant du. pnncipe de la liberte des voies maritimes, ouvertes a toutes les nations;
    Considerant que, si dans I'etat actuel des choses, on ne peut interdire I'emploi de mines sous-marines automatiques de contact, il importe d'en limiter et reglementer I'usage, afin de restreindre les rigueurs de la guerre et de donner, autant que fair e se peut, h la navigation pacifique la secunte a laquelle elle a droit de pretendre, malgre I'existence d'une guerre;
    En attendant qu'il soit possible de regler la matiere d'une faqon qui donne aux interets engages toutes les garanties desirables;
    Ont resolu de conclure une Convention a cet effet et ont nomme pour Lews Pleni-potentiaires, savoir:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Lesquels, apres avoir depose lews pleins pouvoirs trcuves en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes:
    hnspir y of j seeim forbi rverthi min? vigati Util lich s) Have I’Point l [Here
    Who. M b
    Article Premier.
    Il est interdit:
    1°. de placer des mines automatiques de contact non amarrees, d moins qu'elles ne soient construites de maniere a devenir inojfenswes une heure au maximum apres que celui qui les a placees en aura perdu le controle;
    2°. de placer des mines automatiques de contact amarrees, qui ne deviennent pas inojfenswes des qu'elles awont rompu lews amarres;
    3°. d'employer des torpilles, qui ne deviennent pas inoffensives lorsqu'elles auront manque leur but.
    isf h Tc I cons *bo lai VPc irmle
    hissed
    48.
    Chapter 4
    NE LAYING OF AUTOMATIC SUBMARINE CONTACT MINES
    Hague Convention No. VIII of 18 October 1907
    (36 Stat. 2332; Treaty Series No. 541; Malloy, Treaties, Vol. II, p. 2304)
    [Translation]
    CONVENTION
    1 RELATIVE TO THE LAYING OF AUTOMATIC SUBMARINE CONTACT MINES
    ntiari [Here follows a list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Inspired by the principle of the freedom of sea routes, the common highway of all nations:
    Seeing that, although the existing position of affairs makes it impossible to forbid the employment of automatic submarine contact mines, it is nevertheless desirable to restrict and regulate their employment in order to mitigate the severity of war and to ensure, as far as possible, to peaceful navigation the security to which it is entitled, despite the existence of war;
    Until such time as it is found possible to formulate rules on the subject which shall ensure to the interests involved all the guarantees desirable;
    Have resolved to conclude a Convention for this purpose, and have appointed the following as their Plenipotentiaries:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Who, after having deposited their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following provisions:
    ration
    ’mem lire
    le at
    Pirn
    form
    Article 1.
    It is forbidden:
    feu 1. To lay unanchored automatic contact mines, except when they are j qi so constructed as to become harmless one hour at most after the person who laid them ceases to control them;
    t pt 2. To lay anchored automatic contact mines which do not become harmless as soon as they have broken loose from their moorings;
    uroi 3. To use torpedoes which do not become harmless when they have missed their mark.
    49
    Article 2.
    Il est interdit de placer des mines automatiques de contact devant les cote's et les port; de ladversaire, dans le seul but T intercepter la navigation de commerce.
    enei
    Article 3.
    (Then cam:
    I he I i rales lanci a no he (
    Lorsque les mines automatiques de contact amarrees sont employees, toutes le. precautions possibles doivent etre prises pour la securite de la navigation pacifiqw
    Les belligerants s’engagent a pourvoir, dans la mesure du possible, a ce que ce. mines deviennent inoffensives apres un laps de temps limite, et, dans le cas ou elle. cesser aient- Tetre sur veillees, a signaler les regions danger euses, aussitot que le. exigences militaires le permettront, par un avis a la navigation, qui devra etre aussi communique aux Gouvernements par la voie diplomatique.
    Article 4.
    Toute Puissance neutre qui place des mines automatiques de contact devant se cotes, doit observer les memes regies et prendre les memes precautions que celles qu sont imposees aux belligerants.
    La Puissance neutre doit faire connaitre a la navigation, par un avis prealable, le. regions ou seront mouillees des mines automatiques de contact. Cet avis devra eln communique Turgence aux Gouvernements par voie diplomatique.

    ieutr lerve ligen 'he r .ce, i com nnel
    Article 5.
    A la fin de la guerre, les Puissances contractants s’engagent a faire tout ce depend Telles pour enlever, chacune de son cote, les mines qTelles ont placees.
    qui
    Quant aux mines automatiques de contact amarrees, que fun des belligeranti aurait posees le long des cotes de ! autre, I emplacement en sera notifie a fautn partie par la Puissance qui les a posees et chaque Puissance devra proceder dans It plus bref delai a I enlevement des mines qui se trouvent dans ses eaux.
    Article 6.
    Les Puissances contractantes, qui ne disposent pas encore de mines perfectionneti telles qTelles sont prevues dans la presente Convention, et qui, par consequent, nt sauraient actuellement se conformer aux regies etablies dans les articles 1 et 3, s’en-gagent a transformer, aussitot que possible, leur materiel de mines, afin qTil repondt aux prescriptions susmentionnees.
    Host own As res 'ills f
    th th
    The । the ] quent and ] lie, Sl
    Article 7.
    Les dispositions de la presente Convention ne sont applicables qTentre les Puissance contractantes et seulement si les belligerants sont tous parties a la Convention.
    50
    et les j
    touted i pacifi ce que as oil d que
    etre o
    Article 2.
    It is forbidden to lay automatic contact mines off the coast and ports of the enemy, with the sole object of intercepting commercial shipping.
    Article 3.
    When anchored automatic contact mines are employed, every possible precaution must be taken for the security of peaceful shipping.
    The belligerents undertake to do their utmost to render these mines harmless within a limited time, and, should they cease to be under surveillance, to notify the danger zones as soon as military exigencies permit, by a notice addressed to ship owners, which must also be communicated to the Governments through the diplomatic channel.
    decant celles
    liable, devra
    Article 4.
    Neutral Powers which lay automatic contact mines off their coasts must observe the same rules and take the same precautions as are imposed on belligerents.
    The neutral Power must inform ship-owners, by a notice issued in advance, where automatic contact mines have been laid. This notice must be communicated at once to the Governments through the diplomatic channel.
    ctioni I quent,
    3, s'
    I repc 1
    Article 6.
    The Contracting Powers which do not at present own perfected mines of the pattern contemplated in . the present Convention, and which, consequently, could not at present carry out the rules laid down in Articles I and III, undertake to convert the materiel of their mines as soon as possible, so as to bring it into conformity with the foregoing requirements.
    utssa.
    Article 7.
    The provisions of the present Convention do not apply except between Contracting Powers, and then only if all the belligerents are parties to the Convention.
    51
    Article 8.
    La presente Convention sera ratifiee aussitot que possible.
    Les ratifications seront deposees a La Haye.
    Le premier depot de ratifications sera constate par un proces-verbal signe par It representants des Puissances qui y prennent part et par le Ministre des Affairt Etrangeres des Pays-Bas.
    Les depots ulterieurs de ratifications se fieront au moyen d'une notification ecriti adressee au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et accompagnee de P instrument de ratifi cation.
    Copie certifiee conforme du proces-verbal relatif au premier depot de ratifications des notifications mentionnees a Palinea precedent, ainsi que des instruments de ratifi cation, sera immediatement remise, par les soins du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas t par la voie diplomatique, aux Puissances conviees a la Deuzieme Conference de I Paix, ainsi qu' aux autres Puissances qui auront adhere a la Convention. Dans le cas vises par Palinea precedent, ledit Gouvernement leur fera connaitre en men. temps la date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    The The The Mh( erhe The 'ritte aniec Ad itific > we] ethe ivitet fhich recec met
    Article 9.
    Les Puissances non signataires sont admises a adherer a la presente Convention.
    La Puissance qui desire adherer notifie par ecrit son intention au Gouvernement da Pays-Bas en lui transmettant Pacte d'adhesion qui sera depose dans les archives dudi; Gouvernement.
    Ce Gouvernement transmettra immediatement a toutes les autres Puissances copii certifiee conforme de la notification ainsi que de Pacte cP adhesion, en indiquant h date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    Article 10.
    La presente Convention produira effet, pour les Puissances qui auront participe an premier depot de ratifications, soixante jours apres la date du proces-verbal de ce depot, et pour les Puissances qui ratifieront ulterieurement ou qui adhereront, soixante jours apres que la notification de leur ratification ou de leur adhesion aura ete reque par It Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    Article 11.
    La presente Convention aura une duree de sept ans a partir du soixantieme jour apres la date du premier depot de ratifications.
    Sauf denonciation, elle continuera d'etre en vigueur apres Pexpiration de ce delai.
    Nor The ie N lall 1 Thi, ertifi be di
    The ^hich late ( atify atifie jovei
    The the si
    Un
    ’erio'
    52

    Article 8.
    The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible.
    The ratifications shall be deposited at The Hague.
    r The first deposit of ratifications shall be recorded in a proces-verbal signed ® by the Representatives of the Powers which take part therein and by the Netherland Minister for Foreign Affairs.
    The subsequent deposits of ratifications shall be made by means of a I written notification addressed to the Netherland Government and accompanied by the instrument of ratification.
    A duly certified copy of the proces-verbal relative to the first deposit of ratifications, of the notifications mentioned in the preceding paragraph, as well as of the instruments of ratification, shall be at once sent, by the Netherland Government, through the diplomatic channel, to the Powers invited to the Second Peace Conference, as well as to the other Powers i which have adhered to the Convention. In the cases contemplated in the preceding paragraph, the said Government shall inform them at the same time of the date on which it has received the notification.
    !Article 9. 1 .
    Non-Signatory Powers may adhere to the present Convention.
    i The Power which desires to adhere notifies in writing its intention to the Netherland Government, transmitting to it the act of adhesion, which shall be deposited in the archives of the said Government.
    This Government shall at once transmit to all the other Powers a duly certified copy of the notification as well as of the act of adhesion, stating the date on which it received the notification.
    Article 10.
    The present Convention shall come into force, in the case of the Powers which were a party to the first deposit of ratifications, sixty days after the date of the proces-verbal of this deposit, and, in the case of the Powers which ratify subsequently or adhere, sixty days after the notification of their ratification or of their adhesion has been received by the Netherland Government.
    Article 11.
    The present Convention shall remain in force for seven years, dating from the sixtieth day after the date of the first deposit of ratifications.
    Unless denounced, it shall continue in force after the expiration of this period.
    53
    La denonciation sera notifiee par ecnt au Gouvernement di s Pays-Bas qui communi-quera immediatement copie certifiee conforme de la notification a toutes les Puissances, en leur faisant savoir la date a laquelle il I'a reque.
    La denonciation ne produira ses effets qu'a Pegard de la Puissance qui Paura notifiee et six mois apres que la notification en sera parvenue au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas.
    Article 12.
    Les Puissances contractantes s'engagent a reprendre la question de Pemploi des mines automatiques de contact six mois avant Pexpiration du terme prevu par P alinea premier de I article precedent, au cas ou elle n'aurait pas ete reprise et resolue a une date anterieure par la troisieme Conference de la Paix.
    Si les Puissances contractantes concluent une nouvelle Convention relative a Pemploi des mines, des son entree en vigueur, la presente Convention cessera d'etre applicable.
    Article 13.
    Un registre tenu par le Ministere des Affaires Etrangeres des Pays-Bas indiquera la date du depot de ratifications effectue en vertu de Particle 8, alineas 3 et 4, ainsi que la date a laquelle auront ete reques les notifications d'adhesion {article 9, alinea 2) ou de denonciation {article 11, alinea 3).
    Chaque Puissance contractante est admise a prendre connaissance de ce registre et a en demander des extraits certifies conformes.
    En foi de quoi, les Plenipotentiaires ont revetu la presente Convention de leurs signatures.
    Fait a La Haye, le dix-huit octobre mil neuf cent sept, en un seul exemplaire qui restera depose dans les archives du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas en dont des copies, certifies conformes, seront remises par la voie diplomatique aux Puissances qui ont ete conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    The । ent. ■itior
    The Ittd si «ent. L
    lie T
    If tl ' rnpli lorn
    A r lie d arag esior 'rapii Eac
    >e suj In i he p: Doi shall: duly ( to the
    54
    commut nances, ,
    mi I’au mint d
    The denunciation shall be notified in writing to the Netherland Government, which shall at once communicate a duly certified copy of the notification to all the Powers, informing them of the date on which it was received.
    The denunciation shall only have effect in regard to the notifying Power, and six months after the notification has reached the Netherland Govern
    ment.
    nploi d r I’alint he a ut
    I’empl | ilicabl
    diquer /, aim 'inea 2
    istre t
    >, leur
    're qu copies ui on
    Article 12.
    The Contracting Powers undertake to reopen the question of the employment of automatic contact mines six months before the expiration of the period contemplated in the first paragraph of the preceding Article, in the event of the question not having been already reopened and settled by the Third Peace Conference.
    If the Contracting Powers conclude a fresh Convention relative to the employment of mines, the present Convention shall cease to be applicable from the moment it comes into force.
    Article 13.
    A register kept by the Netherland Ministry for Foreign Affairs shall give the date of the deposit of ratifications made in virtue of Article VIII, paragraphs 3 and 4, as well as the date on which the notifications of adhesion (Article IX, paragraph 2) or of denunciation (Article XI, paragraph 3) have been received.
    Each Contracting Power is entitled to have access to this register and to be supplied with duly certified extracts from it.
    In faith whereof the Plenipotentiaries have appended their signatures to the present Convention.
    Done at The Hague, the 18th October, 1907, in a single copy, which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Netherland Government, and duly certified copies of which shall be sent, through the diplomatic channel, to the Powers which have been invited to the Second Peace Conference.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    55
    Chapitre j BOMBARDEMENT PAR DES FORCES NAVALES
    Convention de La Haye No. IX, 18 Octobre 1907
    [Original]
    CONVENTION
    CONCERNANT LE BOMBARDEMENT PAR DES FORCES NAVALES EN TEMPS DE GUERRE
    )NC
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Animes du desir de realiser le voeu exprime par la Premiere Conference de la Paix, concernant le bombardement, par des forces navales, de ports, villes et villages, non defendus;
    Consider ant qu'il importe de soumettre les bornbar dements par des forces navales a des dispositions generales qui garantissent les droits des habitants et assurent la conservation des pnncipaux edifices, en etendant a cette operation de guerre, dans la mesure du possible, lesprincipes du Reglement de 1899 sur les lois et coutumes de la guerre sur terre; V
    S inspirant ainsi du desir de servir les interSts de f humanite et de diminuer les rigueurs et les desastres de la guerre;
    Ont resolu de conclure une Convention a cet effet et ont, en consequence, nomme pour Leurs Plenipotentiaires, savoir:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Lesquels, apres avoir depose leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouves en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes:
    Chapitre I. Du Bombardement des Ports, Villes, Villages, Habitations ou Bailments non Defendus.
    Here ties
    w mfei rts, Whe bjeci the ildii is of Act: d tc Hav is pi Here Whc ve c
    IAP"
    Article Premier.
    Il est interdit de bombarder, par des forces navales, des ports, villes, villages, habitations ou batiments, qui ne sont pas defendus.
    The vtlli
    56
    Chapter 5
    BOMBARDMENT BY NAVAL FORCES
    Hague Convention No. IX of 18 October 1907
    06 Stat. 2351; Treaty Series No. 542; Malloy, Treaties, Vol. II, p. 2314)
    [Translation]
    CONVENTION
    CONCERNING BOMBARDMENT BY NAVAL FORCES IN TIME OF WAR
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    Animated by the desire to realize the wish expressed by the First Peace Conference respecting the bombardment by naval forces of undefended ports, towns, and villages;
    Whereas it is expedient that bombardments by naval forces should be subject to rules of general application which would safeguard the rights of the inhabitants and assure the preservation of the more important buildings, by applying as far as possible to this operation of war the principles of the Regulation of 1899 respecting the Laws and Customs of Land War;
    Actuated, accordingly, by the desire to serve the interests of humanity and to diminish the severity and disasters of war;
    Have resolved to conclude a Convention to this effect, and have, for this purpose, appointed the following as their Plenipotentiaries:—
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Who, after depositing their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following provisions:
    Chapter 1.—The Bombardment of Undefended Ports, Towns, Villages, Dwellings^ or Buildings.
    Article 1.
    The bombardment by naval forces of undefended ports, towns, villages, dwellings, or buildings is forbidden.
    57
    Une localite ne peut pas etre bombardee a raison du seul fait que, devant son port, se trouvent mouillees des mines sous-marines automatiques de contact.
    Article 2.
    Toutefois, ne sont pas compns dans cette interdiction les ouvrages militaires, etablissements militaires ou navals, depots cP armes ou de materiel de guerre, ateliers et installations propres a etre utilises pour les besoins de la flotte ou de Farmee ennemie, et les navires de guerre se trouvant dans le port. Le commandant d'une force navalt pourra, apres sommation avec delai raisonnable, les detruire par le canon, si tout autre moyen est impossible et lorsque les autorites locales Eauront pas procede a cette destruction dans le delai fixe.
    Il Eencourt aucune responsabihte dans ce cas pour les dommages involontaires, qui pourraient etre occasionnes par le bombardement.
    Si des necessites militaires, exigeant une action immediate, ne permettaient pas Eaccorder de delai, il reste entendu que I interdiction de bombarder la ville non pefendue subsiste comme dans le cas enonce dans Palinea 1eT et que le commandant drendra toutes les dispositions voulues pour qEil en resulte pour cette ville le moins d’inconvenients possible.
    Article 3.
    Il peut, apres notification expresse, etre procede au bombardement des ports, villes, villages, habitations ou bailments non defendus, si les autorites locales, mises en demeure par une sommation formelie, refusent dPbtemperer a des requisitions de vivres ou d'approvisionnements necessaires au besoin present de la force navale qui se trouve devant la localite.
    Ces requisitions seront en rapport avec les ressources de la localite. Elies nt seront reclamees qEavec P autorisation du commandant de ladite force navale et elks seront, autant que possible, payees au comptant; sinon elles seront constatees par des requs.
    Article 4.
    Est interdit le bombardement, pour le non paiement des contributions en argent, des ports, villes, villages, habitations ou bailments, non defendus.
    Chapitre II.—Dispositions Generales.
    .	Article 5.
    Dans le bombardement par des forces navales, toutes les mesures necessaires doivent etre prises par le commandant pour epargner, autant que possible, les edifices con-sacres aux cultes, aux arts, aux sciences et a la bienfaisance, les monuments historiques, les hopitaux et les lieux de rassemblement de malades ou de blesses, a condition qEils ne soient pas employes en mime temps a un but militaire.
    pla< min
    iilita 'rid ilef i udec I in w ting, le nc le in |sed I |'for
    It the
    If SUi
    fter ms, hori
    Inplv liatf hesc :y si alf
    *y sb
    •nd< mba
    In b ken ■'?s US ''spit; ’iders uses.
    58
    son pi
    A place cannot be bombarded solely because automatic submarine con-
    tact mines are anchored off the harbour.
    Article 2.
    Military works, military or naval establishments, depots of arms or war rateriel workshops or plant which could be utilized for the needs of • the ’ cm™ hostile fleet or army, and the ships of war in the harbour, are not, however, w nm 'included in this prohibition. The commander of a naval force may destroy them with artillery, after a summons followed by a reasonable time of waiting, if all other means are impossible, and when the local authorities have not themselves destroyed them within the time fixed.
    He incurs no responsibility for any unavoidable damage which may be caused by a bombardment under such circumstances.
    If for military reasons immediate action is necessary, and no delay can be allowed the enemy, it is understood that the prohibition to bombard the undefended town holds good, as in the case given in paragraph 1, and
    mlitaii ateh
    i, si t de d ci
    tires,
    dent j ville । wand*
    h’ mo that the commander shall take all due measures in order that the town
    may suffer as little harm as possible.
    Article 3.
    !i, oil raises •tions vale
    Elles
    1 et J par
    After due notice has been given, the bombardment of undefended ports, towns, villages, dwellings, or buildings may be commenced, if the local authorities, after a formal summons has been made to them, decline to comply with requisitions for provisions or supplies necessary for the immediate use of the naval force before the place in question.
    These requisitions shall be in proportion to the resources of the place. They shall only be demanded in the name of the commander of the said naval force, and they shall, as far as possible, be paid for in cash; if not, they shall be evidenced by receipts.
    Article 4.

    Undefended ports, towns, villages, dwellings, or buildings may not be bombarded on account of failure to pay money contributions.
    doii1 ns i' oriifi' n
    Chapter IL-—-General Provisions.
    Article 5.
    In bombardments by naval forces all the necessary measures must be taken by the commander to spare as far as possible sacred edifices, buildings used for artistic, scientific, or charitable purposes, historic monuments, hospitals, and places where the sick or wounded are collected, on the understanding that they are not used at the same time for military purposes.
    59
    Le devoir des habitants est de designer ces monuments, ces edifices ou lieux de ras-semblement, par des signes visibles, qui consisteront en grands panneaux rectangulaires rigides, partages, suivant une des diagonales, en deux triangles de couleur, noire en haut et blanche en bas.
    t is plat ids rtion
    Article 6.
    Sauf le cas oil les exigences militaires ne le permettraient pas, le commandant J la force navale assaillante, doit, avant d? entreprendre le bomb ar dement, faire tout ct qui depend de lui pour avertir les autorites.
    Article 7.
    Il est interdit de livrer au pillage une ville ou localite meme prise cPassaut.
    Chapitre III.—Dispositions Finales.
    Article 8.
    Les dispositions de la presente Convention ne sont applicables qu’entre les Puissance\ contractantes et seulement si les belligerants sont tous parties a la Convention.
    Article 9.
    La presente Contention sera ratifiee aussitot que possible.
    Les ratifications seront deposees a La Haye.
    Le premier depot de ratifications sera constate par un proces-verbal signe par les representants des Puissances quiy prennent part et par le Ministre des Affaires Etrangeres des Pays-Bas.
    Les depots ulterieurs de ratifications se feront au moyen d’une notification ecritc, adress'ee au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et accompagnee de Pinstrument de ratification
    Copie certifiee conforme du proces-verbal relatif au premier depot de ratifications, des notifications mentionnees a Palinea precedent, ainsi que des instruments de ratification, sera immediatement remise, par les soins du Gouvernement des Pays-Bas et par la voie diplomatique, aux Puissances conviees a la Deuxieme Conference de la Paix, ainsi qu’aux autres Puissances qui auront adhere a la Convention. Dans les cas vises par Palinea precedent, ledit Gouvernement leur fera connaitre en meme temps la date a laquelle il a requ la notification.
    Che mtra :Co
    The The The the ether The 'itter mpa A di tifica weli ether vited rich eced neo
    Article 70.
    Les Puissances non signataires sont admises a adherer a la presente Convention.
    La Puissance qui desire adherer notifie par ecrit son intention au Gouvernement des Pays-Bas en lui transmettant Pacte d’adhesion qui sera depose dans les archives dudit Gouvernement.
    Non The ethe; edej
    60
    tjera\ It is the duty of the inhabitants to indicate such monuments, edifices,
    or places by visible signs, which shall consist of large stiff rectangular noire ( panels divided diagonally into two coloured triangular portions, the upper portion black, the lower portion white.
    Article 6.
    l(qant If the military situation permits, the commander of the attacking naval , tgut , force, before commencing the bombardment, must do his utmost to warn the authorities.
    Article 7.
    A town or place, even when taken by storm, may not be pillaged.
    Chapter III.—Final Provisions.
    Article 8.
    The provisions of the present Convention do not apply except between Contracting Powers, and then only if all the belligerents are parties to the Convention.
    Article 9.
    par / Etra
    ecrit icatio
    ins, icatio law
    , ain ses p date
     I' They > hich
    I
    I ith
    I! seq
    I As
    Talll
    Article 9.
    Les prisonniers de guerre pourront etre internes dans une ville, forteresse ou localite quelconque, avec Vobligation de ne pas s’en eloigner au dela de certaines limites determinees. Ils pourront egalement etre internes dans des camps clotures; Us ne pourront etre enfermes ou consignes que par mesure indispensable de surete ou d’hygiene, et seulement pendant la duree des circonstances qui necessitent cette mesure.
    Les prisonniers captures dans des regions malsaines ou dont le climat est pernicieux pour les personnes venant des regions temperees seront transports, aussitot que possible, sous un climat plus favorable.
    Pr 'and inter excci whil
    Pi injui as so
    70

    TITLE III. CAPTIVITY.
    Section I.—Evacuation of Prisoners of War.
    Article 7.
    sonnit m ass >er. I igereii aladii ce.
    ger,
    deme ecessi 'ongu
    Prisoners of war shall be evacuated within the shortest possible period after their capture, to depots located in a region far enough from the zone of combat for them to be out of danger.
    Only prisoners who, because of wounds or sickness, would run greater risks by being evacuated than by remaining where they are may be temporarily kept in a dangerous zone.
    Prisoners shall not be needlessly exposed to danger while awaiting their evacuation from the combat zone.
    Evacuation of prisoners on foot may normally be effected only by stages of 20 kilometers a day, unless the necessity of reaching water and food depots requires longer stages.
    Article 8.
    e ca ■ ediai
    ■le 7
    iciell‘i ’,s aw
    nesur-is au:
    ntioii rrivi
    Belligerents are bound mutually to notify each other of their capture of prisoners within the shortest period possible, through the intermediary of the information bureaus, such as are organized according to Article 77. They are likewise bound to inform each other of the official addresses to which the correspondence of their families may be sent to prisoners of war.
    ■ As soon as possible, every prisoner must be enabled to correspond with his family himself, under the conditions provided in Articles 36 et seq.
    As regards prisoners captured at sea, the provisions of the present article shall be observed as soon as possible after arrival at port.
    )	Section IL—Prisoners-of-War Camps.
    Article 9.
    Prisoners of war may be interned in a town, fortress, or other place, and bound not to go beyond certain fixed limits. They may also be interned in enclosed camps; they may not be confined or imprisoned except as an indispensable measure of safety or sanitation, and only while the circumstances which necessitate the measure continue to exist.
    Prisoners captured in unhealthful regions or where the climate is injurious for persons coming from temperate regions, shall be transported, as soon as possible, to a more favorable climate.
    71
    Chapitre Premier.—De ^Installation des Camps.
    Article 10.
    oner Io p expr n be
    Les prisonniers de guerre seront loges dans des bdtiments ou dans de baraquements presentant toutes garanties possibles d’hygiene et de salubrite
    Les locaux devront etre entierement a I’abri de I’humidite, suffisamment chauffes et eclaires. Toutes les precautions devront etre prises contre le. dangers d’incendie.
    Quant aux dortoirs: surface totale, cube d’air minimum, amenagemen\ et materiel de couchage, les conditions seront les memes que pour les troupes de depot de la Pruissance detentrice.
    ,e|1ig
    Les belligerants eviteront, autant que possible, de reunir dans un mem ( ° camp des prisonniers de races ou de nationalites differentes.
    Aucun prisonnier ne pourra, a quelque moment que ce soit, et? renvoye dans une region ou il serait expose au feu de la zone de combat ni etre utilise pour mettre par sa presence certains points ou certaine regions a I’abri du bombardement.
    ’riso
    poss "he ted Vith lir, ie a
    Chapitre 2.—De la Nourriture et de I’Habillement des Prisonniers de Guerre.
    Article 11.
    The
    La ration alimentaire des prisonniers de guerre sera equivalente en quantity et qualite a celle des troupes de depot.
    Les prisonniers recevront, en outre, les moyens de preparer euxmemes les supplements dont ils disposeraient.
    De I’eau potable en suffisance leur sera fournie. L’usage du tabac sera autorise. Les prisonniers pourront etre employes aux cuisines.
    Toutes mesures disciplinaires collectives portant sur la nourriture sont interdites.
    Article 12.
    L’habillement, le linge et les chaussures seront fournis aux prisonniers de guerre par la Puissance detentrice. Le remplacement et les reparations de ces effets devront etre assures regulierement. En outre, les travailleurs devront recevoir une tenue de travail partout ou la nature de travail I’exigera.
    Dans tous les camps seront installees des cantines ou les prisonniers pourront se procurer, aux prix du commerce local, des denrees alimentaires et des objets usuels.
    Clo Id | as ftert
    Ca ' th
    72
    un me
    soit, t ’ comt certai
    . Belligerents shall, so far as possible, avoid assembling in a single camp trisoners of different races or nationalities.
    No prisoner may, at any time, be sent into a region where he might >e exposed to the fire of the combat zone, nor used to give protection rom bombardment to certain points or certain regions by his presence.
    Chapter 1.—Installation of Camps.
    Article 10.
    Prisoners of war shall be lodged in buildings or in barracks affording ill possible guarantees of hygiene and healthfulness.
    The quarters must be fully protected from dampness, sufficiently leated and lighted. All precautions must be taken against danger of fire.
    With regard to dormitories—the total surface, minimum cubic amount ?f air, arrangement and material of bedding—the conditions shall be the !{same as for the troops at base camps of the detaining Power.
    trou
    dans ' alubr
    amrm :1( ontre
    agem
    rs de
    •men '
    ac id
    Chapter 2.—Food and Clothing of Prisoners of War.
    Article 11.
    The food ration of prisoners of war shall be equal in quantity and to t^iat trooPs at base camps.
    Furthermore, prisoners shall receive facilities for preparing themselves, additional food which they might have.
    A sufficiency of potable water shall be furnished them. The use of tobacco shall be permitted. Prisoners may be employed in the kitchens.
    All collective disciplinary measures affecting the food are prohibited.
    re
    st
    mm atio diet rav
    Article 12.
    Clothing, linen and footwear shall be furnished prisoners of war by the detaining Power. Replacement and repairing of these effects must be assured regularly. In addition, laborers must receive work clothes wherever the nature of the work requires it.
    Canteens shall be installed in all camps where prisoners may obtain, at the local market price, food products and ordinary objects.
    nni itai
    73
    Chapitre 3.—De I’Hygiene dans les Camps.
    Article 13.
    Les benefices procures par les cantines aux administrations des camp, seront utilises au profit des prisonniers.
    Profit the I
    Les belligerants seront tenus de prendre toutes les mesures d’hygient necessaires pour assurer la proprete et la salubrite des camps et pow prevenir les epidemics.
    Les prisonniers de guerre disposeront, jour et nuit, d’installations con-formes aux regies de Vhygiene et maintenues en etat constant de proprete.
    En outre, et sans prejudice des bains et douches dont les camps seronl pourvus dans la mesure du possible, il sera fourni aux prisonniers pout leurs soins de proprete corporelle une quantite d’eau suffisante.
    Ils devront avoir la possibility de se livrer a des exercises physiques et de beneficier du plein air.
    Article 14.
    Chaque camp possedera une infirmerie, ou les prisonniers de guerre recevront les soins de toute nature dont ils pourront avoir besoin. Le cas echeant, des locaux d’isolement seront reserves aux malades atteints d’affections contagieuses.
    Les frais de traitement, y compris ceux des appareils provisoires de prothese, seront a la charge de la Puissance detentrice.
    Les belligerants seront tenus de remettre, sur demande, a tout prisonnier traite une declaration officielle indiquant la nature et la duree de sa maladie, ainsi que les soins requs.
    Il sera loisible aux billigerants de s’autoriser mutuellement, par voie d’arrangements particuliers, a retenir dans les camps des medecins et infirmiers charges de soigner leurs compatriotes prisonniers.
    Les prisonniers atteints d’une maladie grave ou dont I’etat necessite une intervention chirurgicale importante, devront etre admis, aux frais de la Puissance detentrice, dans toute formation militaire ou civile qualifies pour les trailer.
    Article 15.
    Des inspections medicales des prisonniers de guerre seront organisees au moins une fois par mois. Elies auront pour object le contrdle de I’etat general de sante et de I’etat de proprete, ainsi que le depistage des maladies contagieuses, notamment de la tuberculose et des affections veneriennes.
    Jellie I ire tl ’riso aforn l ianlir
    Furtl | can uffic It sh in ai
    iver eive ' dl b Exp, pipr lUpc atec Ipess
    It S jpri ttend
    Pris Him Hair item.
    Mt
    74
    les cat
    Profits made by the canteens for camp administrations shall be used for the benefit of prisoners.
    Chapter 3.—Sanitary Service in Camps.
    Article 13.
    i'hygi Belligerents shall be bound to take all sanitary measures necessary to et p assure the cleanliness and healthfulness of camps and to prevent epidemics.
    Prisoners of war shall have at their disposal, day and night, installations ’ons d conforming to sanitary rules and constantly maintained in a state of propi icleanliness.
    bs sei Furthermore, and without prejudice ‘to baths and showers with which ers p (the camp shall be as well provided as possible, prisoners shall be furnished a sufficient quantity of water for the care of their own bodily cleanliness.
    les el । It shall be possible for them to take physical exercise and enjoy the open air.
    Article 14.
    ■ Every camp shall have an infirmary, where prisoners of war shall in. rece*ve every kind of attention they need. If necessary, isolated quarters be reserved for the sick affected with contagious diseases.
    snail oe reserved tor the sick affected with contagious diseases.
    Expenses of treatment, including therein those of temporary prosthetic . equipment, shall be borne by the detaining Power.
    Upon request, belligerents shall be bound to deliver to every prisoner 'sont treatef a
    Article 19.	• I
    Le port des insignes de grade et des decorations sera autorise.
    Article 20.	v _
    I *
    Les reglements, ordres, avertissements et publications de toute nature con devront etre communiques aux prisonniers de guerra dans une langue Th qu’ils comprennent. Le meme principe sera applique aux interrogatoires.
    Chapitre 6.—Dispositions Speciales Concernant les Officiers et Assimiles.
    Article 21.
    Des le debut des hostilites, les belligerants seront tenus de se rom-muniquer reciproquement les titres et les grades en usage dans leurs armees respectives, en vue d’assurer Pegalite de traitement entre les officiers et assimiles de grades equivalents.
    nr ar in
    76
    juerr
    xercit a seul '.scrite
    wit I t leu
    'lectu
    d’ui
    nent nier
    ce.
    le
    fur gut 'res.
    les.
    ffl-w.' er
    Chapter 4.—Intellectual and Moral Needs of Prisoners of War.
    Article 16.
    Prisoners of war shall enjoy complete liberty in the exercise of their religion, including attendance at the services of their faith, on the sole condition that they comply with the measures of order and police issued by the military authorities.
    Ministers of a religion, prisoners of war, whatever their religious denomination, shall be allowed to minister fully to members of the same religion.
    Article 17.
    So far as possible, belligerents shall encourage intellectual diversions and sports organized by prisoners of war.
    Chapter 5.—Internal Discipline of Camps.
    Article 18.
    Every camp of prisoners of war shall be placed under the command of a responsible officer.
    Besides the external marks of respect provided by the regulations in force in their armies with regard to their nationals, prisoners of war must salute all officers of the detaining Power.
    Officers who are prisoners of war are bound to salute only officers of a higher or equal rank of that Power.
    Article 19.
    The wearing of insignia of rank and of decorations shall be permitted.
    Article 20.
    Regulations, orders, notices and proclamations of every kind must be communicated to.prisoners of war in a language which they understand. The same principle shall be applied in examinations.
    Chapter 6.—Special Provisions Regarding Officers and Persons of Equivalent Status.
    Article 21.
    Upon the beginning of hostilities, belligerents shall be bound to communicate to one another the titles and ranks in use in their respective armies, with a view to assuring equality of treatment between corresponding ranks of officers and persons of equivalent status.
    558485°—44----fl
    77

    Les officiers et assimiles prisonniers de guerre seront traites avec le\ egards dus a leur grade et a leur age.
    Article 22.
    En vue d assurer le service des camps d1 officiers, des soldats prisonniers de guerre de la meme armee, et autant que possible parlant la meme langue, y seront detaches, en nombre suffisant, en tenant compte du grade des officiers et assimiles.
    Ceux-ci se procureront leur nourriture et leurs vetements sur la solde qui leur sera versee par la Puissance detentrice. La gestion de I’ordinaire par les officiers eux-memes devra etre favorisee de toute maniere.
    Chapitre 7.—Des Ressources Pecuniaires des Prisonniers de Guerre
    Article 23.
    Sous reserve d arrangements particuliers entre les Puissances belli-geiantes, et notamment de ceux prevus a Particle 24, les officiers et assimiles prisonniers de guerre recevront de la Puissance detentrice la meme solde que les officiers de grade correspondant dans les armees de cette Puissance, sous condition, toutefois, que cette solde ne depasse pas celle a laquelle Us ont droit dans les armees du pays qu’ils ont servi. Cette solde leur sera versee integralement, une fois par mois si possible, et sans qu’il puisse etre fait aucune deduction pour des depenses incombant a la Puissance detentrice, alors meme qu’elles seraient en leur faveur.
    Un accord entre les belligerants fixera le taux du change applicable a ce paiement; a defaut de pareil accord, le taux adopte sera celui en vigueur au moment de I’ouverture des hostilites.
    Tous les versements effectues aux prisonniers de guerre a titre de solde devront etre rembourses, a la fin des hostilites, par la Puissance qu’ils ont servie.
    Article 24.
    Des le debut des hostilites, les belligerants fixeront d’un commun accord le montant maximum d argent comptant que les prisonniers de guerre des divers grades et categories seront autorises a conserver par devers eux. Tout excedent retire ou retenu a un prisonnier sera, de meme que tout depot d argent effectue par lui, porte a son compte, et ne pourra etre converti en une autre monnaie sans son assentiment.
    Les soldes crediteurs de leurs comptes seront verses aux prisonniers de guerre a la fin de leur captivite.
    78
    Officers and persons of equivalent status who are prisoners of war shall be treated with the regard due their rank and age.
    Article 22.
    In order to assure service in officers’ camps, soldiers of the same army who are prisoners of war and, wherever possible, who speak the same language, shall be assigned thereto, in sufficient numbers, considering the rank of the officers and persons of equivalent status.
    The latter shall secure their food and clothing from the pay which shall be granted them by the detaining Power. Administration of the messfund by the officers themselves must be facilitated in every way.
    Chapter 7.—Financial Resources of Prisoners of War.
    X
    Article 23.
    Subject to private arrangements between belligerent Powers, and particularly those provided in Article 24, officers and persons of equivalent status who are prisoners of war shall receive from the detaining Power the same pay as officers of corresponding rank in the armies of that Power, on the condition, however, that this pay does not exceed that to which they are entitled in the armies of the country which they have served. This pay shall be granted them in full, once a month if possible, and without being liable to any deduction for expenses incumbent on the detaining Power, even when they are in favor of the prisoners.
    An agreement between the belligerents shall fix the rate of exchange applicable to this payment; in the absence of such an agreement, the rate adopted shall be that in force at the opening of hostilities.
    All payments made to prisoners of war as pay must be reimbursed, at the end of hostilities, by the Power which they have served.
    Article 24.
    Upon the outbreak of hostilities, the belligerents shall, by common agreement, fix the maximum amount of ready money which prisoners of war of various ranks and classes shall be allowed to keep in their possession. Any surplus taken or withheld from a prisoner shall be entered to his account, the same as any deposit of money effected by him, and may not be converted into another currency without his consent.
    Pay to the credit of their accounts shall be given to prisoners of war at the end of their captivity.
    79
    Pendant le duree de celle-ci, des facilites leur seront accordees pour le transfert de ces sommes, en tout ou partie, a des banques ou a des particuliers dans leur pays d’origine.
    Chapitre 8.—Du Transfert des Prisonniers de Guerre.
    Article 25.
    A moins que la marche des operations militaires ne I’exige, les pri-sonniers, de guerre malades et blesses ne seront pas transferes tant que leur guerison pourrait etre compromise par le voyage.
    Article 26.
    En cas de transfert, les prisonniers de guerre seront avises au preamble officiellement de leur nouvelle destination; ils seront autorise a emporter leurs effets personnels, leur correspondance et les colis arrives a leur adresse.
    Toutes dispositions utiles seront prises pour que la correspondance et les colis adresses a leur ancien camp leur soient transmis sans delai.
    Les sommes deposees au compte des prisonniers transferes seront trans-mises a I’autorite competente du lieu de leur nouvelle residence.
    Les frais causes par les transferts seront a la charge de la Puissance detentrice.
    Section III.—Du Travail des Prisonniers de Guerre.
    Chapitre Premier.—Generalites.
    Article 27.
    Les belligerants pourront employer comme travailleurs les prisonniers de guerre valides, selon leur grade et leurs aptitudes, a I’exception des officiers et assimiles.
    Toutefois, si des officiers ou assimiles demandent un travail qui leur convienne, celui-ci leur sera procure dans la mesure du possible.
    Les sous-officiers prisonniers de guerre ne pourront etre astreints qua des travaux de surveillance, a moins qu’ils ne fassent la demande expresse d une occupation remuneratrice.
    Les belligerants seront tenus de mettre, pendant toute la duree de la captwite, les prisonniers de guerre victimes d’accidents du travail au benefice des dispositions applicables aux travailleurs de meme categoric selon la legislation de la Puissance detentrice. En ce qui concerne les prisonniers de guerre auxquels ces dispositions legales ne pourraient tire
    80
    les pot u a di
    les pr int qu
    preala iporte dresse
    nee e
    trans
    ssanct
    inters i de:
    lew
    qua । resse
    ■ de
    I au one ■ les etre
    During their imprisonment, facilities shall be granted them for the transfer of these amounts, in whole or in part, to banks or private persons in their country of origin.
    Chapter 8.—Transfer of Prisoners of War.
    Article 25.
    Unless the conduct of military operations so requires, sick and wounded prisoners of war shall not be transferred as long as their recovery might be endangered by the trip.
    Article 26.
    In case of transfer, prisoners of war shall be officially notified of their new destination in advance; they shall be allowed to take with them their personal effects, their correspondence and packages which have arrived for them.
    All due measures shall be taken that correspondence and packages addressed to their former camp may be forwarded to them without delay.
    Money deposited to the account of transferred prisoners shall be transmitted to the competent authority of their new place of residence.
    The expenses occasioned by the transfer shall be charged to the detaining Power.
    Section III.—Labor of Prisoners of War.
    Chapter 1.—Generalities.
    Article 27.	•
    Belligerents may utilize the labor of able prisoners of war, according to their rank and aptitude, officers and persons of equivalent status excepted.
    However, if officers or persons of equivalent status request suitable work, it shall be secured for them so far as is possible.
    Noncommissioned officers who are prisoners of war shall only be required to do supervisory work, unless they expressly request a remunerative occupation.
    Belligerents shall be bound, during the whole period of captivity, to allow to prisoners of war who are victims of accidents in connection with their work the enjoyment of the benefit of the provisions applicable to laborers of the same class according to the legislation of the detaining Power. With regard to prisoners of war to whom these legal
    81
    appliquees en raison de la legislation de cette Puissance, celle-ci s’engage a recommander a son corps legislatif toutes mesures pro pres a indemniser equitablement les victimes.
    Chapitre 2.—De I’Organisation du Travail.
    Article 28.
    La Puissance detentrice assumera I’entiere responsabilite de I’entretien, des soins, du traitement et du paiement des salaires des prisonniers de guerre travaillant pour le compte de particuliers.
    Article 29.
    Aucun prisonnier de guerre ne pourra etre employe a des travaux aux-quels il est physiquement inapte.
    Article 30.
    La duree du travail fournalier des prisonniers de guerre, y compris celle du trajet d’aller et de retour, ne sera pas excessive et ne devra, en aucun cas, depasser celle admise pour les ouvriers civils de la region employes au meme travail. Il sera accorde a chaque prisonnier un repos de vingt-quatre heures consecutives chaque semaine, de preference le dimanche.
    Chapitre 3.—Du Travail Prohibe.
    Article 31.
    Les travaux fournis par les prisonniers de guerre riauront aucun rapport direct avec les operations de la guerre. En particulier, il est interdit d’employer des prisonniers a la fabrication et au transport d’armes ou de munitions de toute nature, ainsi qu’au transport de materiel destine a des unites combattantes.
    En cas de violation des dispositions de I’alinea precedent, les prisonniers ont la latitude, apres execution ou commencement d’execution de I’or dr e, de faire presenter leurs reclamations par I’intermediate des hommes de confiance dont les fonctions sont prevues aux articles 43 et 44, ou, a defaut d’homme de confiance, par I’intermediate des representants de la Puissance protectrice.
    Article 32.
    Il est interdit d’employer des prisonniers de guerre a des travaux in-salubres ou dangereux.
    Toute aggravation des conditions du travail par mesure disciplinaire est interdite.
    ovisi wer
    i oper
    The nanc r thf
    No ifit.
    The ip g' :ceet me cuti’
    Lai ar c urine Slater
    In ners. lave unct iron
    An orbi
    ■uy d
    •mniser
    provisions might not be applied by reason of the legislation of that Power, the latter undertakes to recommend to its legislative body all proper measures equitably to idemnify the victims.
    Chapter 2.—Organization of the Labor.
    retien,, ers de'
    Article 28.
    The detaining Power shall assume entire responsibility for the maintenance, care, treatment and payment of wages of prisoners of . war working for the account of private persons.
    x aux-
    Article 29.
    mpris ievra, ■egion i reposU \ce le1
    bport '.erdit )U de a des
    niers rdre, •s de ’faut ante
    1 in-
    aire
    No prisoner of war may be employed at labors for which he is physically unfit.
    Article 30.
    The length of the day’s work of prisoners of war, including therein the trip going and returning, shall not be excessive and must not, in any case, exceed that allowed for the civil workers in the region employed at the same work. Every prisoner shall be allowed a rest of twenty-four consecutive hours every week, preferably on Sunday.
    Chapter 3.—Prohibited Labor.
    Article 31.
    Labor furnished by prisoners of war shall have no direct relation with war operations. It is especially prohibited to use prisoners for manufacturing and transportating arms or munitions of any kind, or for transporting material intended for combatant units. ,
    In case of violation of the provisions of the preceding paragraph, prisoners, after executing or beginning to execute the order, shall be free to have their protests presented through the mediation of the agents whose functions are set forth in Articles 43 and 44, or, in the absence of an agent, through the mediation of representatives of the protecting Power.
    Article 32.
    It is forbidden to use prisoners of war at unhealthful or dangerous work. Any aggravation of the conditions of labor by disciplinary measures is forbidden.
    83
    Chapitre 4.—Des Detachements de Travail.
    Article 33.
    Le regime des detachements de travail devra etre semblable a celui des camps de prisonniers de guerre, en particulier en ce qui concerne les conditions hygieniques, la nourriture, les soins en cas d’accident ou de maladie, la correspondance et la reception des colis.
    Tout detachement de travail relevera d’un camp de prisonniers. Le commandant de ce camp sera responsable de I’observation, dans le detachement de travail, des dispositions de la presente Convention.
    The
    ■war n in ckagi Ever' mma por d
    Chapitre 5.—Du Salaire.
    Article 34.
    Les prisonniers de guerre ne recevront pas de salaire pour les travaux concernant I administration, Vamenagement et I’entretien des camps.
    Les prisonniers employes a d’autres travaux auront droit a un salaire a fixer par des accords entre les belligerants.'
    Ces accords specifieront egalement la part que I’administration du camp pourra retenir, la somme qui appartiendra au prisonnier de guerre et la maniere dont cette somme sera mise a sa disposition pendant la duree de sa captivite.
    En attendant la conclusion des dits accords, la retribution du travail des prisonniers sera fixee selon les normes ci-dessous:
    a)	Les travaux faits pour I Etat seront payes d’apres les tarifs en vigueur pour les militaires de I’armee nationale executant les memes travaux, ou, s il n en existe pas, d’apres un tarif en rapport avec les travaux executes.
    b)	Lorsque les travaux ont lieu pour le compte d’autres administrations publiques ou pour des particuliers, les conditions en seront reglees d’accord avec Vautorite militaire.
    Le solde restant au credit du prisonnier lui sera remis a la fin de sa captivite. En cas de deces, il sera transmis par la voie diplomatique au heritiers du defunt.
    Prise
    'agr The
    m ir id tl: ie pe Wh bor
    ie ra
    irfoi
    ratio vith t
    Th him; Ihrou
    Section IV. Des Relations des Prisonniers de Guerre avec I’Exterieur.
    Article 35.
    Des le debut des hostilites, les belligerants publieront les mesures prevues pour I’execution des dispositions de la presente section.
    1}
    irov
    84
    Chapter 4.—Labor Detachments.
    a cel '.erne I t ou t
    ers. 1 ietach
    ravau bs. salair
    i cam e et /
    dure i
    trava I
    ijs e: es tn i
    ■avau
    ation iccor
    de s itiqu
    ir.
    sure
    Article 33.
    The system of labor detachments must be similar to that of prisoners-of-war camps, particularly with regard to sanitary conditions, food, attention in case of accident or sickness, correspondence and the receipt of packages.
    Every labor detachment shall be dependent on a prisoners’ camp. The commander of this camp shall be responsible for the observation, in the labor detachment, of the provisions of the present Convention.
    Chapter 5.—Wages.
    Article 34.
    Prisoners of war shall not receive wages for work connected with the administration, management and maintenance of the camps.
    Prisoners utilized for other work shall be entitled to wages to be fixed by agreements between the belligerents.
    These agreements shall also specify the part which the camp administration may retain, the amount which shall belong to the prisoner of war and the manner in which that amount shall be put at his disposal during the period of his captivity.
    While awaiting the conclusion of the said agreements, payment for labor of prisoners shall be settled according to the rules given below:
    a)	Work done for the State shall be paid for in accordance with the rates in force for soldiers of the national army doing the same work, or, if none exists, according to a rate in harmony with the work performed.
    b)	When the work is done for the account of other public administrations or for private persons, conditions shall be regulated by agreement with the military authority.
    The pay remaining to the credit of the prisoner shall be delivered to him at the end of his captivity. In case of death, it shall be forwarded through the diplomatic channel to the heirs of the deceased.
    Section IV.—External Relations of Prisoners of War.
    Article 35.
    Upon the outbreak of hostilities, belligerents shall publish the measures provided for the execution of the provisions of this section.
    85
    Article 36.
    Chacun des belligerants fixera periodiquement le nombre des lettre et des cartes postales que les prisonniers de guerre des diverses categoric seron^ autorises a expedier par mois, et notifiera ce nombre a I’autn belligerant. Ces lettres et cartes seront transmises par la poste suivant k VOie. la plus courte. Elles ne pourront etre retardees ni retenues pow motifs de discipline.
    Dans le delai maximum d’une semaine apres son arrivee au camp et, de meme en cas de maladie, chaque prisonnier sera mis en mesure d’adresser h sa famille une carte postale I’informant de sa capture et de I etat de sa sante. Les dites cartes postales seront transmises avec toute la rapidite possible et ne pourront etre retardees d’aucune maniere.
    En regie generale, la correspondence des prisonniers sera redigee dans la langue maternelle de ceux-ci. Les belligerants pourront autoriser la correspondance en d’autres langues.
    Article 37.
    Les prisonniers de guerre seront autorises h recevoir individuellement des colis postaux contenant des denrees alimentaires et d’aurtes articles destines a leur ravitaillement ou a leur habillement. Les colis seront remis aux destinataires contre quittance.
    Article 38.
    Les lettres et envois d’argent ou de valeurs, ainsi que les colis postaux destines aux prisonniers de guerre ou expedies par eux, soit directement, soit par I’mtermediaire des bureaux de renseignements prevus a Particle 77, seront affranchis de toutes taxes postales, aussi bien dans les pays d’origine et de destination que dans les pays intermediaires.
    Les dons et secours en nature destines aux prisonniers seront pareillement affranchis de tous droits d’entree et autres, ainsi que des taxes de transport sur les chemins de fer exploites par I’Etat.
    Les prisonniers pourront, en cas d’urgence reconnue, etre autorises a expedier des telegrammes, contre paiement des taxes usuelles.
    Article 39.
    Les prisonniers de guerre seront autorises a recevoir individuellement des envois de livres, qui pourront etre soumis a la censure.
    z Les representants des Puissances protectrices et des societes de secours dument reconnues et autorisees pourront envoyer des ouvrages et des collections de livres aux bibliotheques des camps de prisonniers. La transmission de ces envois aux bibliotheques ne pourra etre retardee sous pretexte de difficultes de censure.	■
    pach ers a | sses s this
    I it by Kiplii
    Wrk 1 up. I writ* ite of ■ possi
    I dr n jiguae
    Prise
    ■ail. < lod c jlceipt
    I Lett list ir I by lain liatic
    Pre: ill im State
    Pri:
    Pri vidua
    Re auth I libra
    86
    Article 36.
    des let s categc
    suivan mues p
    Each of the belligerents shall periodically determine the number of letters and postal cards per month which prisoners of war of the various classes shall be allowed to send, and shall inform the other belligerent of this number. These letters and cards shall be transmitted post by the shortest route. They may not be delayed or retained disciplinary reasons.
    by for
    au ca
    en mes lure et wee to re.
    2 redil
    autori |
    Within a period of not more than one week after his arrival at the camp, and likewise in case of sickness, every prisoner shall be enabled to write his family a postal card informing it of his capture and of the state of his health. The said postal cards shall be forwarded as rapidly as possible and may not be delayed in any manner.
    As a general rule, correspondence of prisoners shall be written in their native language. Belligerents may allow correspondence in other languages.
    Article 37.
    ellemux ; every place where there are prisoners of war, they shall be allowed e I to appoint agents entrusted with representing them directly with military ric< I authorities and protecting Powers.
    89
    Cette designation sera soumise a I’approbation de Vautorite militaire.
    Les hommes de confiance seront charges de la reception et de la repartition des envois collectifs. De meme, au cas ou les prisonniers decideraieu d’organiser entre eux un systeme d’assistance mutuelle, cette organization serait de la competence des hommes de confiance. D’autre part, ceux-c pourront preter leurs offices aux prisonniers pour faciliter leurs relation avec les societes de secours mentionnees a Particle 78.
    Dans les camps d’officiers et assimiles, I’officier prisonnier de guerre It plus ancien dans le grade le plus eleve sera reconnu comme intermediate entre les autorites du camp et les officiers et assimiles prisonniers. A cc. effet, il aura la faculte de designer un officier prisonnier pour I’assisiti en qualite d’inter prete au cours des conferences avec les autorites du carnf
    Article 44.
    Lorsque les hommes de confiance seront employes comme travailleun. leur activite comme representants des prisonniers de guerre devra etrt comptee dans la duree obligatoire du travail.
    Toutes facilites seront accordees aux hommes de confiance pour lew correspondance avec les autorites militaires et avec la Puissance protectrice Cette correspondance ne sera pas limitee.
    Aucun representant des prisonniers ne pourra etre transfere sans que le temps necessaire lui ait ete laisse pour mettre ses successeurs an courant des affaires en cours.
    Chapitre 3. Des Sanctions Penales a I’Egard des Prisonniers de Guerre.
    1.	Dispositions Generales.
    Article 45.
    |’his Jhorr
    I ecth janizt 111 Id Les intioi
    In ca isonei I Ca‘ lb art
    tirwv Ihthi
    ■ Vhei Its ol lor.
    Ml 1 I mi Irses \'o ) iessa per (
    Les prisonniers de guerre seront soumis aux lois, reglements et ordres en vigueur dans les armees de la Puissance detentrice.
    Tout acte d’insub or dination autorisera a leur egard les mesures prevues par ces lois, reglements et ordres.
    Demeurent reservees, toutefois, les dispositions du present chapitre.
    Friso force All ; the I The
    90
    This appointment shall be subject to the approval of the military authority.
    The agents shall be entrusted with the reception and distribution of collective shipments. Likewise, in case the prisoners should decide to
    'lilitaiti la rep\ tcideia
    ganizq
    it, cei organize a mutual assistance system among themselves, this organization s relat
    guen timed is. J r I’ass du ca
    would be in the sphere of the agents. Further, they may lend their offices to prisoners to facilitate their relations with the aid societies mentioned in Article 78.
    In camps of officers and persons of equivalent status, the senior officer prisoner of the highest rank shall be recognized as intermediary between the camp authorities and the officers and persons of equivalent status who are prisoners. .For this purpose, he shall have the power to appoint a prisoner officer to assist him as an interpreter during the conferences
    with the camp authorities.
    availlei levra
    pour rotect
    sans sseurs
    ? Gut!
    Article 44.
    When the agents are employed as laborers, their activity as representatives of prisoners of war must be counted in the compulsory period of labor.
    All facilities shall be accorded the agents for their intercourse with the military authorities and with the protecting Power. This intercourse shall not be limited.
    No representative of the prisoners may be transferred without the necessary time being allowed him to inform his successors about affairs under consideration.
    Chapter 3.—Penalties Applicable to Prisoners of War.
    et oi	1. General Provisions.
    y^'	Article 45.
    biti • ^soners war shall he subject to the laws, regulations, and orders in force in the armies of the detaining Power.
    An act of insubordination shall justify the adoption towards them the measures provided by such laws, regulations and orders.
    The provisions of the present chapter, however, are reserved.
    94
    Article 46.
    Les prisonniers de guerre ne pourront etre frappes par les autorites militaires et les tribunaux de la Puissance detentrice d’autres peines que celles qui sont prevues pour les memes faits a I’egard des militaires des armees nationales.
    A identite de grade, les officiers, sous-officiers ou soldats prisonniers de guerre subissant une peine disciplinaire ne seront pas soumis a un traitement moins favorable que celui prevu, en ce qui cone erne la meme peine, dans les armees de la Puissance detentrice.
    Sont interdites toute peine corporelle, toute incarceration dans des locaux non eclaires par la lumiere du jour et, d’une maniere generale, toute forme quelconque de cruaute.
    Sont egalement interdites les peines collectives pour des actes individuels.
    Pui I , I thi
    le n
    Ra:
    6 P I bje<
    'tan
    An |ht I Co
    Article 47.
    Les faits constituant une faute contre la discipline, et notamment la tentative d'evasion, seront constates d’jvrgence; pour tous les prisonniers de guerre, grades ou non, les arrets preventifs seront reduits au strict minimum.
    Les instructions judiciaries contre les prisonniers de guerre seront con-duites aussi rapidement que le permettront les circonstances; la detention preventive sera restreinte le plus possible.
    Dans tous les cas, la duree de la detention preventive sera deduite de la peine infligee disciplinairement ou judiciairement, pour autant que cette deduction est admise pour les militaires nationaux.
    | iscap
    Qi' nc
    Ju lapic 1 min
    In from lledu
    Article 48.
    Les prisonniers de guerre ne pourront, apres avoir subi les peines judiciaries ou disciplinaires qui leur auront ete infligees, etre trades differemment des autres prisonniers.
    Toutefois, les prisonniers punis a la suite d’une tentative d’evasion pourront etre soumis a un regime de surveillance special, mais qui ne pourra comporter la suppression d’aucune des garanties accordees aux prisonniers par la presente Convention.
    Pr after neon
    IL sub], supf
    Article 49.
    Aucun prisonnier de guerre ne peut etre prive de son grade par la Puissance detentrice.
    92
    Article 46.
    autori dnes q sires i
    isonni lis d la me
    Ians ।
    gnerc
    'ividu.
    ment sonni ’.u sti
    nt ci
    •tenti
    dedu i int q I
    peii trai
    i po'f pout mni
    Punishments other than those provided for the same acts for soldiers of the national armies may not be imposed upon prisoners of war by the military authorities and courts of the detaining Power.
    Rank being identical, officers, non-commissioned officers or soldiers who are prisoners of war undergoing a disciplinary punishment, shall not be subject to less favorable treatment than that provided in the armies of the detaining Power with regard to the same punishment.
    Any corporal punishment, any imprisonment in quarters without daylight and, in general, any form of cruelty, is forbidden.
    Collective punishment for individual acts is also’ forbidden.
    Article 47.
    Acts constituting an offense against discipline, and particularly attempted escape, shall be verified immediately; for all prisoners of war, commissioned or not, preventive arrest shall be reduced to the absolute minimum.
    Judicial proceedings against prisoners of war shall be conducted as rapidly as the circumstances permit; preventive imprisonment shall be limited as much as possible.
    In all cases, the duration of preventive imprisonment shall be deducted from the disciplinary or judicial punishment inflicted, provided that this deduction is allowed for national soldiers.
    Article 48.
    Prisoners of war may not be treated differently from other prisoners after having suffered the judicial or disciplinary punishment which has been imposed on them.
    However, prisoners punished as a result of attempted escape may be subjected to special surveillance, which, however, may not entail the suppression of the guarantees granted prisoners by the present Convention.
    Article 49.
    No prisoner of war may be deprived of his rank by the detaining Power.
    558485°—44----7
    93
    Les prisonniers punis disciplinairement ne pourront etre prives des prerogatives attachees a leur grade. En particulier, les officiers et assimiles qui subiront des peines entrainant privation de liberte ne seront pas places dans les memes locaux que les sous-officiers ou hommes de troupe punis.
    Article 50.
    Les prisonniers de guerre evades qui seraient repris avant d'avoir pu lejoindre leur armee ou quitter le territoire occupe par I’armee qui les a captures ne seront passibles que de peines disciplinaires.
    Les prisonniers qui, apres avoir reussi a rejoindre leur armee ou a quitter le territoire occupe par I armee qui les a captures, seraient de nouveau faits prisonniers ne seront passibles d’aucune peine pour leur fuite anterieure.
    Article 51.
    La tentative d evasion, meme s’ii y a recidive, ne sera pas consi-deiee comme une cirConstance aggravante dans le cas ou le prisonnier de guerre serait defere aux tribunaux pour des crimes ou delits contre les personnes ou contre la propriete commis au cours de cette tentative.
    Apres une evasion tentee ou consommee, les camarades de I’evade qui auront coopere a I’evasion ne pourront encourir de ce chef qu’une punition disciplinaire.
    Pri
    rero feqi Ihall । riva
    Est heir laptu
    Pri cavil ! gair If th
    At ,onsi hoa aersc
    Af I scap Dn tf
    Article 52.
    Les belligerants veilleront a ce que les autorites competentes usent de la plus grande indulgence dans I’appreciation de la question de savoir si une infraction commise par un prisonnier de guerre doit etre punie disciplinairement ou judiciairement.
    Il en sera notamment ainsi lorsqu’il s’agira d’apprecier des faits con-nexes a I’evasion ou a la tentative d’evasion.
    Un prisonnier ne pourra, a raison du meme fait ou du meme chef d’accusation, etre puni qu’une seule fois.
    Be enie
    lea;
    T]
    A act c
    Article 53.
    Aucun prisonnier de guerre frappe d’une peine disciplinaire, qui se trouverait dans les conditions prevues pour le rapatriement, ne pourra etre retenu pour la raison qu’il n’a pas subi sa peine. '	I I
    Les prisonniers a rapatrier qui seraient sous le coup d’une poursuite penale pourront etre exclus du rapatriement jusqu’a la fin de la procedure, P ! proi
    94
    Prisoners given disciplinary punishment may not be deprived of the prerogatives attached to their rank. In particular, officers and persons of equivalent status who suffer punishment involving deprivation of liberty shall not be placed in the same quarters as noncommissioned officers or privates being punished.
    Article 50.
    Escaped prisoners of war who are retaken before being able to rejoin their own army or to leave the territory occupied by the army which captured them shall be liable only to disciplinary punishment.
    Prisoners who, after having succeeded in rejoining their army or in leaving the territory occupied by the army which captured them, may again be taken prisoners, shall not be liable to any punishment on account of their previous flight.
    Article 5L
    Attempted escape, even if it is a repetition of the offense, shall not be considered as an aggravating circumstance in case the prisoner of war should be given over to the courts on account of crimes or offenses against persons or property committed in the course of that attempt.
    After an attempted or accomplished escape, the comrades of the person escaping who assisted in the escape may incur only disciplinary punishment on this account.
    Article 52.
    Belligerents shall see that the competent authorities exercise the greatest leniency in deciding the question of whether an infraction committed by a prisoner of war should be punished by disciplinary or judicial measures.
    This shall be the case especially when it is a question of deciding on acts in connection with escape or attempted escape.
    A prisoner may not be punished more than once because of the same act or the same count.
    Article 53.
    No prisoner of war on whom a disciplinary punishment has been imposed, who might be eligible for repatriation, may be kept back because he has not undergone the punishment.
    Prisoners to be repatriated who might be threatened with a penal prosecution may be excluded from repatriation until the end of the
    95
    et, le cas echeant, jusqu’d I’execution de la
    peine; ceux qui
    seraient
    deja detenus en vertu d’un jugement pourront etre retenus jusqu’d la de leur detention.
    fin
    Les belligerants se communiqueront les listes de ceux qui etre rapatries pour les motifs indiques a I’alinea precedent.
    ne pourront
    2.	Peines Disciplinaires.
    Article 54.
    Les arrets sont la peine disciplinaire la plus severe qui puisse etre in-fligee a un prisonnier de guerre.
    La duree d’une meme punition ne peut depasser trente jours.
    Ce maximum de trente jours ne pourra pas davantage etre depasse dans le cas de plusieurs faits dont un prisonnier aurait a repondre disciplinairement au moment ou il est statue a son egard, que ces faits soient connexes ou non.
    Lorsqu au cours ou apres la fin d’une periode d’arrets, un prisonnier sera frappe d’une nouvelle peine disciplinaire, un delai de trois jours au moins separera chacune des periodes d’arrets, des que I’une d’elle est de dix jours ou plus.
    Article 55.
    Sous reserve de la
    disposition faisant I’objet
    du
    dernier
    alinea
    de Particle
    11, sont applicables, a titre d’aggravation de peine, aux prisonniers de guerre punis disciplinairement les restrictions de nourriture admises dans
    les armees de la Puissance detentrice.

    Toutefois, ces restrictions -ne pourront etre ordonnees que si I’etat de sante des prisonniers punis le permet.
    Article 56.
    En aucun cas, les prisonniers de guerre ne pourront etre transferes dans les etablissements penitentiaries (prisons, penitenciers, bagnes, etc.) pour y subir des peines disciplinaires.
    Les locaux dans lesquels seront subies les peines disciplinaires seront con-formes aux exigences de I’hygiene.
    Les prisonniers punis seront mis a meme de se tenir en etat de proprete.
    Chaque jour, ces prisonniers auront la faculte de 'prendre de I’exercice ou de sejourner en plein air pendant au moins deux heures.
    96
    proceedings and, if necessary, until the completion of the punishment; those who might already be imprisoned by reason of a sentence may be detained until the end of their imprisonment.
    Belligerents shall communicate to each other the lists of those who may not be repatriated for the reasons given in the preceding paragraph.
    2.	Disciplinary Punishments.
    Article 54.
    Arrest is the most severe disciplinary punishment which may be imposed on a prisoner of war.
    The duration of a single punishment may not exceed thirty days.
    This maximum of thirty days may not, further, be exceeded in the case of several acts for which the prisoner has to undergo discipline at the time when it is ordered for him, whether or not these acts are connected.
    When, during or after the end of a period of arrest, a prisoner shall have a new disciplinary punishment imposed upon him, a space of at least three days shall separate each of the periods of arrest, if one of them is ten days or more.
    Article 55.
    Subject to the provisions given in the last paragraph of Article 11, food restrictions allowed in the armies of the detaining Power are applicable, as an increase in punishment, to prisoners of war given disciplinary punishment.
    However, these restrictions may be ordered only if the state of health of the prisoners punished permits it.
    Article 56.
    In no case may prisoners of war be transferred to penitentiary establishments (prison, penitentiaries, convict prisons, etc.) there to undergo disciplinary punishment.
    The quarters in which they undergo disciplinary punishment shall conform to sanitary requirements.
    Prisoners punished shall be enabled to keep themselves in a state of cleanliness.
    These prisoners shall every day be allowed to exercise or to stay in the open air at least two hours.
    97
    Article 57.
    Les prisonniers de guerre punis disciplinairement seront autorises a lire et a ecrire, ainsi qu’a expedier et a recevoir des lettres.
    En revanche, les colis et les envois d’argent pourront n’etre delivres aux destinataires qu’a [’expiration de la peine. Si les colis non distribute contiennent des denrees perissables, celles-ci seront ver sees a I’infrmerie ou a la cuisine du camp.
    Article 58.
    Les prisonniers de guerre punis disciplinairement seront autorises, sur leur demande, a se presenter a la visite medicale quotidienne. Ils recevront les soins juges necessaries par les medecins et, le cas echeant, seront evacues sur I’infirmerie du camp ou sur les hopitaux.
    Artilce 59.
    Reserve faite de la competence des tribunaux et des autorites militaires superieures, les peines dis ci plinair es ne pourront etre prononcees que par un officier muni de pouvoirs disciplinaires en sa qualite de commandant de camp ou de detachement, ou par I’officier responsable qui le remplace.
    3.	Poursuites Judiciaires.
    Article 60.
    Lors de I’ouverture d’une procedure judiciaire dirigee contre un prison-nier de guerre, la Puissance detentrice en avertira aussitot quelle pourra le faire, et toujours avant la date fixee pour I’ouverture des debats, le representant de la Puissance.protectrice.
    Cet avis contiendra les indications suivantes:	-J
    a)	etat civil et grade du prisonnier;
    b)	lieu de sejour ou de detention;
    c)	specification du ou des chefs d’accusation, avec mention des dispositions legales applicables.
    S’il n’est pas possible de donner dans cet avis Vindication du tribunal qzii jugera Vaffaire, celle de la date d’ouverture des debats et celle du local ou Us auront lieu, ces indications seront fournies ulterieurement au representant de la Puissance protectrice, le plus tot possible, et en tout cas trois semaines au moins avant I’ouverture des debats.
    ’rison 11 writ
    )n th : addr
    I tribut i cam
    ’riser uest, : care aovec
    ixcej: i ciplin i ciplin i1 nt, oi
    At th r, the i Wer t ening This; fl) C &) Pl ’) SF |al pr
    If it: |)onth *ke p]a ^otecti *eeks b
    98
    es a li
    deliur istribi firmsi
    Article 57.
    Prisoners of war given disciplinary punishment shall be allowed to read and write, as well as to send and receive letters.
    On the other hand, packages and money sent may not be delivered to the addressees until the expiration of the punishment. If the packages not distributed contain perishable products, these shall be turned over to the camp infirmary or kitchen.
    Article 58.
    ‘ses, s icevrc , ssra
    Prisoners of war given disciplinary punishment shall be allowed, on their request, to be present at the daily medical inspection. They shall receive the care considered necessary by the doctors and, if necessary, shall be removed to the camp infirmary or to hospitals.
    ilitai jue p font
    ce.
    Article 59.
    Excepting the competence of courts and higher military authorities, disciplinary punishment may be ordered only by an officer provided with disciplinary powers in his capacity as commander of a camp or detachment, or by* the responsible officer replacing him.
    prise pout' lats, |
    bspo
    ibui Us t ■cmes n to
    3.	Judicial Suits.
    Article 60.
    At the opening of a judicial proceeding directed against a prisoner of war, the detaining Power shall advise the representative of the protecting Power thereof as soon as possible, and always before the date set for the opening of the trial.
    This advice shall contain the following information:
    a)	Civil state and rank of prisoner;
    b)	Place of sojourn or imprisonment;
    c)	Specification of the [count] or counts of the indictment, giving the legal provisions applicable.
    If it is not possible to mention in that advice the court which will pass upon the -matter, the date of opening the trial and the place where it will take place, this information must be furnished to the representative of the protecting Power later, as soon as possible, and at all events, at least three weeks before the opening of the trial.
    99
    Article 61.
    Aucun prisonnier de guerre ne pourra etre condamne sans avoir eu [’occasion de se defendre.
    Aucun prisonnier ne pourra etre contraint de se reconnoitre coupable du fait dont il est accuse.
    Article 62.
    No [ deft No ] iis ai
    Le prisonnier de guerre sera en droit d’etre assiste par un defenseui qualifie de son choix et de recourir, si c’est necessaire, aux offices d’un interprete competent. Il sera avise de son droit, en temps utile avant les dehats, par la Puissance detentrice.
    A defaut d’un choix par le prisonnier, la Puissance protectrice pourra lui procurer un defenseur. La Puissance detentrice remettra a la Puissance protectrice, sur la demande de celle-ci, une liste de personnes qualifier pour presenter la defense.
    Les representants de la Puissance protectrice auront le droit d’assister aux debats de la cause.
    La seule exception a cette regie est celle ou les debats de la cause doivent rester secrets dans I’interet de la surete de I’Etat. La Puissance detentrice en previendrait la Puissance protectrice.
    The
    I his
    Ltent I due
    In ( btain rotcc efens Rep Hal ol
    The
    ■lust I lower
    Article 63.
    Un jugement ne pourra etre prononce a la charge d’un prisonnier de guerre que par les memes tribunaux et suivant la meme procedure qu’a I’egard des personnes appartenant aux forces armees de la Puissance detentrice.
    Article 64.
    7 out prisonnier de guerre aura le droit de recourir contre tout jugement rendu a son egard, de la meme maniere que les individus appartenant aux forces armees de la Puissance detentrice.
    Article 65.
    Les jugements prononces contre les prisonniers de guerre seront immediatement communiques a la Puissance protectrice.
    1
    Article 66.
    Si la peine de mort est prononcee contre un prisonnier de guerre, une communication exposant en detail la nature et les circonstances de I’infrac-
    Sen to th(
    Eve senter io the
    Sen line person
    100
    Article 61.
    No prisoner of war may be sentenced without having had an opportunity to defend himself.
    No prisoner may be obliged to admit himself guilty of the act of which he is accused.
    Article 62.
    The prisoner of war shall be entitled to assistance by a qualified counsel of his choice, and, if necessary, to have recourse to the services of a competent interpreter. He shall be advised of his right by the detaining Power, in due time before the trial.
    In default of a choice by the prisoner, the protecting Power may obtain a counsel for him. The detaining Power shall deliver to the protecting Power, on its request, a list of persons qualified to present the defense.
    Representatives of the protecting Power shall be entitled to attend the trial of the case.
    The only exception to this rule is the case where the trial of the case must be secret in the interest of the safety of the State. The detaining Power should so advise the protecting Power.
    Article 63.
    Sentence may be pronounced against a prisoner of war only by the same courts and according to the same procedure as in the case of persons belonging to the armed forces of the detaining Power.
    Article 64.
    Every prisoner of war shall have the right of appeal against any sentence rendered with regard to him, in the same way as individuals to the protecting Power immediately.
    Article 65.
    Sentences pronounced against prisoners of war shall be communicated to the protecting Power immediately.
    Article 66.
    If the death penalty is pronounced against a prisoner of war, a communication setting forth in detail the nature and circumstances of the
    101
    tion sera adressee, au plus tot, au representant de la Puissance protectrice, pour etre transmise a la Puissance dans les armees de laquelle le prisonnier a servi.
    Le jugement ne sera pas execute avant I’expiration d’un delai d’au moins trois mois a. partir de cette communication.
    Article 67.
    Aucun prisonnier de guerre ne pourra etre prive du benefice des dispositions de Particle 42 de la presente Convention a la suite d’un jugement ou autrement.
    TITRE IV. DE LA FIN DE LA CAPTIVITE.
    /
    Section I.—Du Rapatriement Direct et de I’Hospitalisation en Pays Neutre.
    Article 68.
    Les belligerants seront tenus de renvoyer dans leur pays, sans egard au grade ni au nombre, apres les avoir mis en etat d’etre transportes, les prisonniers de guerre grands malades et grands blesses.
    Des accords entre les belligerants fixeront en consequence, assistot que possible, les cas d’invalidite ou de maladie entrainant le rapatriement direct, ainsi que les cas entrainant eventuellement I’hospitalisation en pays neutre. En attendant que ces accords soient conclus, les belligerants pourront se ref er er a I’accord-type annexe, a titre documentaire, a la presente Convention.
    Article 69.
    Des I ouverture des hostilites, les belligerants s’entendront pour nommer des commissions medic ales mixtes. Ces commissions seront composees de trois membres, dont deux appartenant a un pays neutre et un designe par la Puissance detentrice; I’un des medecins du pays neutre presidera. Ces commissions medicales mixtes procederont a I’examen des prisonniers malades ou blesses et prendront toutes decisions utiles a leur egard.
    Les decisions de ces commissions seront prises a la majorite et executees dans le plus bref delai.
    I
    Article 70.
    Outre ceux qui auront ete designes par le medecin du camp, les prisonniers de guerre suivants seront soumis a la visite de la commis-
    102
    offense shall be sent- as soon as possible to the representative of the protecting Power, for transmission to the Power in whose armies the
    prisoner served.
    The sentence shall not be executed before the expiration of a period of at least three months after this communication.
    Article 67.
    No prisoner of war may be deprived of the benefit of the provisions of Article 42 of the present Convention as a result of a sentence or otherwise.
    TITLE IV. TERMINATION OF CAPTIVITY.
    Section I.—Direct Repatriation and Hospitalization in a Neutral Country.
    Article 68.
    Belligerents are bound to send back to their own country, regardless of rank or number, seriously sick and seriously injured prisoners of war, after having brought them to a condition where they can be transported.
    Agreements between belligerents shall accordingly settle as soon as possible the cases of invalidity or of sickness, entailing direct repatriation, as well as the cases entailing possible hospitalization in a neutral country. While awaiting the conclusion of these agreements, belligerents may have reference to the model agreement annexed, for documentary purposes, to the present Convention.
    Article 69.
    Upon the outbreak of hostilities, belligerents shall come to an agreement to name mixed medical commissions. These commissions shall be composed of three members, two of them belonging to a neutral country and one appointed by the detaining Power; one of the physicians of the neutral country shall preside. These mixed medical commissions shall proceed to the examination of sick or wounded prisoners and shall make all due decisions regarding them.
    Decisions of these commissions shall be by majority and carried out with the least possible delay.
    Article 70.
    Besides those who are designated by the camp physician, the following prisoners of war shall be inspected by the mixed medical commission men-
    103
    sion medicale mixte mentionnee a Particle 69, en vue de leur rapatriemenl direct ou de leur hospitalisation en pays neutre:
    a)	les prisonniers qui en feront la demande directement au medecin du camp;
    b)	les prisonniers qui seront presentes par les hommes de confiance prevus a Particle 43, ceux-ci agissant de leur propre initiative ou a la demande des prisonniers eux-memes;
    c)	les prisonniers qui auront ete proposes par la Puissance dans les armees de laquelle Us ont servi ou par une association de secours dument reconnue et autorisee par cetter Puissance.
    Article 71.
    Les prisonniers de guerre victimes d’accidents du travail, exception faite des blesses volontaires, seront mis, en ce qui concerne le rapatrie-ment ou eventuellement Phospitalisation en pays neutre, au benefice des memes dispositions.
    Article 72.
    Pendant la duree des hostilites et pour des raisons d’humanite, les belligerants pourront conclure des accords en vue du rapatriement direct ou de I hospitalisation en pays neutre des prisonniers de guerre valides ayant subi une longue captivite.
    Article 73.
    Les frais de rapatriement ou de transport dans un pays neutre des prisonniers de guerre seront supportes, a partir de la frontiere de la Puissance detentrice, par la Puissance dans les armees de laquelle ces prisonniers ont servi.
    Article 74.
    Aucun lapatrie ne pourra etre employe a un service militaire actif.
    Section II. De la Liberation et du Rapatriement a fin des Hostilites.
    Article 75.
    Loisque les belligerants concluront une convention d’armistice, Us devront, en principe, y faire ftgurer des stipulations concernant le rapatriement des prisonniers de guerre. Si des stipulations a cet egard n’ont pas pu etre inserees dans cette convention, les belligerants se mettront
    104
    triem
    mede
    onfia* ou d
    Ians
    dum
    cepti ipatr ice ol
    'te, dirt 'jalic
    tinned in Article 69, with a view to their direct repatriation or their hospitalization in a neutral country:
    a)	Prisoners who make such a request directly of the camp physician;
    b)	Prisoners who are presented by the agents provided for in Article 43, acting on their own initiative or at the request of the prisoners themselves ;
    c)	Prisoners who have been proposed by the Power in whose armies they have served or by an aid society duly recognized and authorized by that Power.
    Article 71.
    Prisoners of war who are victims of accidents in connection with work, except those voluntarily injured, shall enjoy the benefit of the same' provisions, as far as repatriation or possible hospitalization in a neutral country are concerned.
    Article 72.
    Throughout the duration of hostilities and for humane considerations, belligerents may conclude agreements with a view to the direct repatriation or hospitalization in a neutral country of able-bodied prisoners of war who have undergone a long period of captivity.
    Article 73.
    The expenses of repatriation or of transportation to a neutral country , of prisoners of war shall be borne, from the frontiers of the detaining Power, 'l ( by the Power in whose armies the prisoners have served.
    Pu I
    Article 74.
    No repatriated person may be utilized in active military service.
    Section II.—Release and Repatriation Upon Cessation of Hostilities.	✓
    Article 75.
    ■ap n’o
    w
    When belligerents conclude a convention of armistice, they must, in principle, have appear therein stipulations regarding the repatriation °f prisoners of war. If it has not been possible to insert stipulations in this regard in such convention, belligerents shall nevertheless come to an
    105
    neanmoins, le plus tot possible, en rapport a cet effet. Dans tous les cas, le rapatriement des prisonniers s’effectuera dans le plus bref delai apres la conclusion de la paix.
    Les prisonniers de guerre qui seraient sous le coup d’une poursuite penale pour un crime ou un delit de droit commun pourront toutefois etre retenus jusqu a la fin de la procedure et, le cas echeant, jusqu’d I’expiration de la peine. Il en sera de meme de ceux condamnes pour un crime ou delit de droit commun.
    D’entente entre les belligerants, des commissions pourront etre institutes dans le but de rechercher les- prisonniers disperses et d’assurer leur rapatriement.
    TITRE V. DU DEGES DES PRISONNIERS DE GUERRE.
    Article 76.
    1
    dam
    Les testaments des prisonniers de guerre seront requs et dresses les memes conditions que pour les militaires de I’armee nationale.
    On suivra egalement les memes regies en ce qui concerne les pieces relatives a la constatation des deces.
    Les belligerants veilleront a ce que les prisonniers de guerre decedes en captivite soient enteyres honorablement et a ce que les tombes portent toutes indications utiles, soient respectees et convenablement entretenues.
    igreei f pr
    Pris
    >r a Intil
    ie pi |r off(
    On | shed Ineir i
    I Wil bay a I Th' Bel
    •lonoi lespee
    TITRE VI. DES BUREAUX DE SEC OU RS ET DE RENSEIGNE-MENTS CONCERN ANT LES PRISONNIERS DE GUERRE.
    T
    Article 77.
    Up
    « up
    Des le debut des hostilites, chacune des Puissances belligerantes, ainsi ifwell que les Puissances neutres qui auront recueilli des belligerants, constitueront institi un bureau officiel de renseignements sur les prisonniers de guerre se trouvant Ivithii sur leur territoire.	S j|
    Dans le plus bref delai possible, chacune des Puissances belligerantes shall informera son bureau de renseignements de toute capture de prisonniers by its effectuee par ses armees, en lui donnant tous renseignements d’identite dont elle dispose permettant d’aviser rapidement les families interessees, et en lui faisant connaitre les adresses officielles auxquelles les families	Th
    pourront ecrire aux prisonniers.	to th<
    Le bureau de renseignements fera parvenir d’urgence toutes ces indications aux Puissances interessees, par I’entremise, d’une part, des Puissances protectrices et, d’autre part, de I’agence centrale prevue a Particle 79.
    Jhas, -c lit of
    prote. for in
    106
    is les m 'dai aft
    pom toutej
    > jusq nes pc
    nstitu I rer I
    IE.
    ses da
    j pie
    decb! pork fl tues. I
    '/GA IE.
    s, ai ‘uerc
    OUVi ■
    Iran mni dent ■esse anil
    ndu saw
    I
    agreement in this regard as soon as possible. In any case, repatriation of prisoners shall be effected with the least possible delay after the conclusion of peace.
    Prisoners of war against whom a penal prosecution might be pending for a crime or an offense of municipal law may, however, be detained until the end of the proceedings and, if necessary, until the expiration of the punishment. The same shall be true of those sentenced for a crime or offense of municipal law.
    On agreement between the belligerents, commissions may be established for the purpose of searching for dispersed prisoners and assuring their repatriation.
    TITLE V. DEATH OF PRISONERS OF WAR
    Article 76.
    Wills of prisoners of war shall be received and drawn up in the same way as for soldiers of the national army.
    The same rules shall be observed regarding death certificates.
    Belligerents shall see that prisoners of war dying in captivity are honorably buried and that the graves bear all due information, are respected and properly maintained.
    TITLE VI. BUREAUS OF RELIEF AND INFORMATION CONERNING PRISONERS OF WAR,
    Article 77.
    Upon the outbreak of hostilities, each of the belligerent Powers, as well as the neutral Powers which have received belligerents, shall institute an official information bureau for prisoners of war who are within their territory.
    Within the shortest possible period, each of the belligerent Powers shall inform its information bureau of every capture of prisoners effected by its armies, giving it all the information regarding identity which it — has, allowing it quickly to advise the families concerned, and informing it of the official addresses to which families may write to prisoners.
    The information bureau shall immediately forward all this information to the interested Powers, through the intervention, on one hand, of the protecting Powers and, on the other, of the central agency provided for in Article 79.
    107
    Le bureau de renseignements, charge de repondre a toutes les demandes qui concernent les prisonniers de guerre, recevra des divers services com-petents toutes les indications relatives aux internements et aux mutations, aux mises en liberte sur parole, aux rapatriements, aux evasions, aux sejours dans les hdpitaux, aux deces, ainsi que les autres renseignements necessaires pour etablir et tenir a jour une ftche individuelle pour chaque prisonnier de guerre.
    Le bureau portera sur cette ftche, dans la mesure du possible et sous reserve des dispositions de Particle 5: le numero matricule, les nom et prenoms, la date et le lieu de naissance, le grade et le corps de troupe de I’inter esse, le prenom du pere et le nom de la mere, I’adresse de la personne a aviser en cas d’accident, les blessures, la date et le lieu de la capture, de I internement, des blessures, de la mort, ainsi que tous les autres renseignements importants.
    Des listes hebdomadaires contenant tous les nouveaux renseignements susceptibles de faciliter I’identification de chaque prisonnier seront trans-mises aux Puissances interessees.
    La ftche individuelle du prisonnier de guerre sera remise apres la conclusion de la paix a la Puissance qu’il aura servi.
    Le bureau de renseignements sera en outre tenu de recueillir tous les objets d’usage personnel, valeurs, correspondan^es, carnets de solde, signes d identite, etc., qui auront ete delaisses par les prisonniers de guerre rapatries, liberes sur parole, evades ou decedes, et de les transmettre aux pays interesses.
    Th, bout I till ii j epati lion r
    I eturr
    Tli jo the urna lie gi f tin
    i aptu nfon | We I ificat I At
    hall I
    Th
    ICbOl vhicl sparoli
    Article 78.
    guerre, regulierement
    Les societes de secours pour les prisonniers de
    constituees selon la loi de leur pays, et ayant pour objet d’etre les inter- | accor mediatres de I action charitable, recevront de la part des belligerants, pour elles et pour leurs agents dument accredites, toute facilite, dans les limites tracees par les necessites militaires, pour accomplir efficacement leur tache d humanite. Les delegues de ces societes pourront etre admis a distribuer des secours dans les camps, ainsi qu’aux lieux d’etape des prisonniers rapatries, moyennant une permission personnelle delivree par I autorite militaire et en prenant I engagement, par ecrit, de se soumettre a toutes les mesures d’ordre
    Re
    et de police que celle-ci prescrirait.
    as the them: perfo neces the p prisoi and । order
    Article 79.
    Une agence centrale de sera creee en pays neutre.
    renseignements sur les prisonniers de guerre Le Comite international de la Croix-Rouge
    A neuti
    108
    emandil ces cot utatioi ons, an memeii ' chaqi
    i et so
    nom oupe Person dure, | nseigm
    nemei it trot
    la d|
    tous
    The information bureau, being charged with replying to all inquiries about prisoners of war, shall receive from the various services concerned full information respecting internments and transfers, releases on parole, repatriations, escapes, stays in hospitals, deaths, as well as other information necessary to enable it to make out and keep up to date an individual return for each prisoner of war.
    The bureau shall state in this return, in so far as is possible and subject to the provisions of Article 5: the regimental number, given names and surname, date and place of birth, rank and unit of the interested party, the given name of the father and the name of the mother, the address of the person to be advised in case of accident, wounds, date and place of capture, internment, wounding and death, as well as any other important information.
    Weekly lists containing all new information likely to facilitate the identification of each prisoner shall be transmitted to the interested Powers.
    At the conclusion of peace the individual return of the prisoner of war shall be delivered to the Power which he served.
    The information bureau shall further be bound to receive all objects of personal use, valuables, letters, pay vouchers, identification marks, etc., which are left by prisoners of war who have been repatriated, released on parole, escaped or died, and to transmit them to the countries interested.
    smeti
    Article 78.
    Relief societies for prisoners of war, which are properly constituted in
    j intel ‘ accordance with the laws of their country and with the object of serving 5,/Ml limit r tach mis''
    pe ie p metty
    as the channeLfor charitable effort, shall receive from the belligerents, for themselves and their duly accredited agents, every facility for the efficient performance of their humane task within the bounds imposed by military necessities. Agents of these societies may be admitted to the camps for the purpose of distributing relief, as also to the halting places of repatriated prisoners, if furnished with a personal permit by the military authorities, and on giving an undertaking in writing to comply with all measures of order and police which the latter may issue.
    Article 79.
    guerft Ron.'
    A central information agency for prisoners of war shall be created in a neutral country. The International Committee of the Red Cross shall
    058485°—44----8
    109
    proposera aux Puissances interessees, s’il le juge necessaire, I’organisation d’une telle agence.
    Cette agence sera chargee de concentrer tous les renseignements, in-teressant les prisonniers, qu’elle pourra obtenir par les voies officielles ou privees; elle les transmettra le plus rapidement possible au pays d’origine des prisonniers ou a la Puissance qu’ils auront servie.
    Ces dispositions ne devront pas etre interpretees comme restreignant I’activite humanitaire du Comite international de la Croix-Rouge.
    Article 80.
    Les bureaux de renseignements jouiront de la franchise de port en matiere postale, ainsi que de toutes exemptions prevues a Particle 38.
    TITRE VII. DE L’APPLICATION DE LA CONVENTION A CERTAINES CATEGORIES DE CIVILS.
    Article 81.
    Les individus qui suivent les forces armees sans en faire directement partie, tels que les correspondants, les reporters de journaux, les vivandiers, les fournisseurs, qui tomberont au pouvoir de I’ennemi et que celui-ci jugera utile de detenir, auront droit au traitement des prisonniers de guerre, a condition qu’ils soient munis d’une legitimation de I’autorite militaire des forces armees qu’ils accompagnaient.
    TITRE VIII. DE L’EXECUTION DE LA CONVENTION.
    Section I.—Dispositions Generales.
    Article 82.
    Les dispositions de la presente Convention devront etre respectees par les Hautes Parties Contractantes en toutes circonstances.
    Au cas ou, en temps de guerre, un des belligerants ne serait pas partie a la Convention, ses dispositions demeureront neanmoins obligatoires entre les belligerants qui y participent.
    Article 83.
    Les Hautes Parties Contractantes se reservent le droit de conclure des conventions Speciales sur toutes questions relatives aux prisonniers de guerre qu il leur paraitrait opportun de rdgler particulierement.
    Les prisonniers de guerre resteront au benefice de ces accords jusqu’d I achevement du rapatriement, sauf stipulations expresses contraires con-
    110
    propose the organization of such an agency to the interested Powers, if
    it considers it necessary.
    The function of that agency shall be to centralize all information respecting prisoners, which it may obtain through official or private channels; it shall transmit it as quickly as possible to the country of origin of the prisoners or to the Power which they have served.
    These provisions must not be interpreted as restricting the humanitarian activity of the International Committee of the Red Cross.
    Article 80.
    Information bureaus shall enjoy the privilege of free postage on postal matter, as well as all exemptions provided in Article 38.
    TITLE VII. APPLICATION OF THE CONVENTION TO CERTAIN CLASSES OF CIVILIANS.
    Article 81.
    Individuals who follow armed forces without directly belonging thereto, such as newspaper correspondents and reporters, sutlers, contractors, who fall into the enemy’s hands and whom the latter thinks expedient to detain, shall be entitled to be treated as prisoners of war, provided they are in possession of a certificate from the military authorities of the armed forces which they were accompanying.
    TITLE VIII. EXECUTION OF THE CONVENTION.
    Section I.—General Provisions.
    Article 82.
    The provisions of the present Convention must be respected by the High Contracting Parties under all circumstances.
    In case, in time of war, one of the belligerents is not a party to the Convention, its provisions shall nevertheless remain in force as between the belligerents who are parties thereto.
    Article 83.
    The High Contracting Parties reserve the right to conclude special conventions on all questions relative to prisoners of war, on which it seems to them expedient to have particular regulations.
    Prisoners of war shall receive the benefit of these agreements until the completion of repatriation, except in the case of express stipula-
    111
    tenues dans les susdits accords ou dans des accords ulterieurs, ou
    sauf mesures plus favorables prises par Pune ou Pautre belligerantes a I’egard des prisonniers qu’elles detiennent.
    egalement
    des Puissances
    En vue d’assurer I’application, de part et d’autre, des stipulations
    de la
    presente prevues
    Convention, et de faciliter ci-dessus, les belligerants
    la conclusion
    des
    conventions Speciales
    pourront autoriser, des le debut
    des
    hostilites, des reunions de representants des autorites respectives chargees
    de I’administration des prisonniers de guerre.
    Article 84.
    Le texte de la presente
    Convention et
    des
    conventions Speciales
    prevues
    a Particle precedent sera affiche, autant que possible dans la langue
    maternelle des prisonniers de guerre, a des emplacements ou consult! par tous les prisonniers.
    il pourra
    etre
    Le texte de ces conventions sera communique, sur leur demande, aux
    prisonniers qui se trouveraient dans Pimpossibilite du texte affiche.
    de prendre
    connaissance
    Article 85.
    Les Hautes Parties Contractantes se communiqueront par Pint er me diair e du Conseil federal suisse les traductions officielles de la presente Convention, ainsi que les lois et reglements qu’elles pourront etre amenees a adopter pour assurer Papplication de la presente Convention.
    Section II.—De POrganisation du Controle.
    Article 86.
    Les Hautes Parties Contractantes reconnaissent que P application reguliere de la presente Convention trouvera une garantie dans la possibility de collaboration des Puissances protectrices chargees de sauve-garder les interets des belligerants; a cet egard, les Puissances protectrices pourrant, en dehors de leur personnel diplomatique, designer des delegues parmi leurs propres ressortissants ou parmi les ressortissants d’autres Puissances neutres. Ces delegues devront etre soumis a Pagrement du belligerant aupres duquel ils ex ere er ont leur mission.
    Les representants de la Puissance protectrice ou ses delegues agrees seront autorises a se rendre dans toutes les localites, sans aucune exception, ou sont internes des prisonniers de guerre. Ils auront acces dans tous les locaux occupes par des prisonniers et pourront s’entretenir avec ceux-ci, en regie generale sans temoin, personnellement ou par I’intermediaire d’interpretes.
    112
    tions to the contrary contained in the above-mentioned agreements or in later agreements, or also except in the case of more favorable measures taken by one or the other of the belligerent Powers respecting the prisoners which they hold.
    In order to assure the reciprocal application of the stipulations of the present Convention, and to facilitate the conclusion of the special conventions provided for above, belligerents may, upon the commencement of hostilities, authorize meetings of representatives of the respective authorities charged with the administration of prisoners of war.
    Article 84.
    The text of the present Convention and of the special conventions provided for in the foregoing article, shall be posted, wherever possible in the native language of the prisoners of war, in places where it may be consulted by all the prisoners.
    The text of these conventions shall be communicated to prisoners who find it impossible to get the information from the posted text, upon their request.
    Article 85.
    The High Contracting Parties shall communicate to one another through the Swiss Federal Council, the official translations of the present convention, as well as of the laws and regulations which they may come to adopt to assure the application of the present Convention.
    Section II.—Organization of Control.
    Article 86_
    The High Contracting Parties recognize that the regular application of the present Convention will find a guaranty in the possibility of collaboration of the protecting Powers charged with safeguarding the interests of belligerents; in this respect, the protecting Powers may, besides their diplomatic personnel, appoint delegates from among their own nationals or from among the nationals of other neutral Powers. These delegates must be subject to the approval of the belligerent near which they exercise their mission.
    Representatives of the protecting Power or its accepted delegates shall be permitted to go to any place, without exception, where prisoners of war are interned. They shall have access to all places occupied by prisoners and may interview them, as a general rule without witnesses, personally or through interpreters.
    113
    Les belligerants faciliteront dans la plus large mesure possible la tache des representants ou des delegues agrees de la Puissance protectrice. Les autorites militaires seront informees de leur visite.
    Les belligerants pourront s’entendre pour admettre que des personnes de la propre nationalite des prisonniers soient admises a participer aux voyages d’inspection.
    Article 87.
    En cas de desaccord entre les belligerants sur I’application des dispositions de la presente Convention, les Puissances protectrices devront, dans la mesure du possible, preter leurs bons offices aux fins de reglement du diff erend.
    A cet effet, chacune des Puissances protectrices pourra, notamment, proposer aux belligerants interesses une reunion de representants de ceux-ci, eventuellement sur un territoire neutre convenablement choisi. Les belligerants seront tenus de donner suite aux propositions qui leur seront faites dans ce sens. La Puissance protectrice pourra, le cas echeant, soumettre a I’agrement des Puissances en cause une personnalite appartenant a une Puissance neutre ou une personnalite deleguee par le Comite international de la Croix-Rouge, qui sera appelee a participer a cette reunion.
    Article 88.
    Les dispositions qui precedent ne font pas obstacle a I’activite humani-taire que le Comite international de la Croix-Rouge pourra deployer pour la protection des prisonniers de guerre, moyennant I’agrement des belligerants interesses.
    Section III. Dispositions Finales.
    Article 89.
    Dans les rapports entre Puissances Hees par la Convention de La Haye concernant les lois et coutumes de la guerre sur terre, qu’il s’agisse de celle du 29 juillet 1899 ou de celle du 18 octobre 1907, et qhi participent a la presente Convention, celle-ci completera le chapitre II du Reglement annexe aux susdites Conventions de La Haye.
    Article 90.
    La presente Convention, qui portera la date de ce jour, pourra, jusqu’au premier fevrier 1930, etre signee au nom de tous les pays represents a la Conference qui s’est ouverte a Geneve le ler juillet 1929.
    114
    2 tachf ectrice.
    rsonnt •er auf
    Belligerents shall so far as possible facilitate the task of representatives or accepted delegates of the protecting Power. The military authorities shall be informed of their visit.
    Belligerents may come to an agreement to allow persons of the same nationality as the prisoners to be permitted to take part in inspection trips.
    Article 87.
    lispos t, dm ent d
    nmen nts t choi
    'ii lei diean appa ■ Comi i cetx
    In case of disagreement between the belligerents as to the application of provisions of the present Convention, the protecting Powers must, in so far as possible, lend their good offices for the purpose of settling the difference.
    For this purpose, each of the protecting Powers may, in particular, suggest to the interested belligerents a meeting of representatives thereof, possibly upon a neutral territory suitably chosen. Belligerents shall be bound to accede to proposals in this sense which are made to them. The protecting Power may, if occasion arises, submit for the approval of the Powers concerned a person belonging to a neutral Power or a person delegated by the International Committee of the Red Cross, who shall be summoned to take part in this meeting.
    Article 88.
    imanl' The foregoing provisions are not an obstacle to the humanitarian r poi activity which the International Committee of the Red Cross may use ,s i for the protection of prisoners of war, with the consent of the interested belligerents.
    Section III.—Final Provisions.
    Ha ; cel ' t a 4 :mei
    Article 89.
    In the relations between Powers bound by the Hague Convention respecting the Laws and Customs of War on Land, whether it is a question of that of July 29, 1899, or that of October 18, 1907, and who participate in the present Convention, this latter shall complete Chapter II of the Regulations annexed to the said Hague Conventions.
    Article 90.
    The present Convention, which will bear this day’s date, may be signed UP to February 1, 1930, on behalf of all the countries represented at the Conference which opened at Geneva July 1, 1929.
    115
    Article 91.
    La presente Convention sera rati fee aussitbt que possible.
    Les ratifications seront deposes a Berne.
    Il sera dresse du depot de chaque instrument de ratification un proces-verbal dont une copie, certifiee conforme, sera remise par le Conseil federal suisse aux Gouvernements de tous les pays au nom de qui la Convention aura ete signee ou I’adhesion notifiee.
    Article 92.
    La presente Convention entrera en vigueur six mois apres que deux instruments de ratification au moins auront ete deposes.
    Ulterieurement, elle entrera en vigueur pour chaque Haute Partie Contractante six mois apres le depot de son instrument de ratification.
    Article 93.	/
    A partir de la date de sa mise en vigueur, la presente Convention sera ouverte aux adhesions donnees au nom de tout pays au nom duquel cette Convention n’aura pas ete signee.
    Article 94.
    Les adhesions seront notifiees par ecrit au Conseil federal suisse et produiront leurs effets six mois apres la date a laquelle elles lui seront parvenues.
    Le Conseil federal suisse communiquera les adhesions aux Gouvernements de tous les pays au nom de qui la Convention aura ete signee ou Vadhesion notifiee.
    Article 95.	x
    L’etat de guerre donnera effet immediat aux ratifications deposees et aux adhesions notifiees par les Puissances belligerantes avant ou apres le debut des hostilites. La communication des ratifications ou adhesions reques des Puissances en etat de guerre sera faite par le Conseil federal suisse par la voie la plus rapide.
    Article 96.
    Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes aura la faculte de denon-cer la presente Convention. La denonciation ne produira ses effets qu'un an apres que la .notification en aura ete faite par ecrit au Conseil
    116
    Article 91.
    The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible.
    The ratifications shall be deposited at Berne.
    A record of the deposit of each instrument of ratification shall be prepared, a duly certified copy of which shall be forwarded by the Swiss Federal Council to the Governments of all the countries on whose behalf the Convention has been signed or notification of adherence made.
    Article 92.
    The present Convention shall become effective six months after the deposit of at least two instruments of ratification.
    Subsequently, it shall become effective for each High Contracting Party six months after the deposit of its instrument of ratification.
    Article 93.
    From the date on which it becomes, effective, the present Convention shall be open for adherences given on behalf of any country in whose name this Convention was not signed.
    Article 94.
    Adherence shall be given by written notification addressed to the Swiss Federal Council and shall take effect six months after the date of their receipt.
    The Swiss Federal Council shall communicate adherences to the Governments of all the countries on whose behalf the Convention was signed or notification of adherence made.
    Article 95.
    A state of war shall give immediate effect to ratifications deposited and to adherences notified by belligerent Powers prior to or after the outbreak of hostilities. The communication of ratifications or adherences received from Powers at war shall be made by the Swiss Federal Council by the most rapid method.
    Article 96.
    Each of the High Contracting Parties shall have the right to denounce the present Convention. The denunciation shall not take effect until one year after notification has been made in writing to the Swiss
    117
    federal suisse. Celui-ci communiquera cette notification aux Gouverne-ments de toutes les Hautes Parties Contract antes.
    La denonciation ne vaudra qu a I egard de la Haute Partie Contractante qui Laura notifi.ee.
    En outre, cette denonciation ne produira pas ses effets au cours d’une guerre dans laquelle serait impliquee la Puissance denonqante. En ce cas, la presente Convention continuer a a produire ses effets, au dela du delai d un an, jusqu a la conclusion de la paix et, en tout cas, jusqu’a ce que les operations du rapatriement soient terminees.
    Article 97.
    Une copie certifi.ee conforme de la presente Convention sera deposee aux archives de la Societe des Nations par les soins du Conseil federal suisse. De meme, les ratifications, adhesions et denotations qui seront notifiees au Conseil federal suisse seront communiquees par lui a la Societe des Nations.
    En foi de quoi les Plenipotentiaries susnommes ont signe la presente Convention.
    Fait a Geneve, le vingt-sept juillet mil neuf cent vingt-neuf, en un seul exemplaire, qui rest er a depose dans les archives de la Confederation Suisse et dont des copies, certifiees conformes, seront remises aux Gouverne-ments de tous les pays invites a la Conference.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    [Original]
    ANNEXE A LA CONVENTION RELATIVE AU TRAITEMENT DES PRISONNIERS DE GUERRE DU 27 JUILLET 1929.
    Accord-Type Concernant le Rapatriement Direct et I’Hospitalisation en Pays Neutre des Prisonniers de Guerre pour Raisons de Sante.
    I.	Pi incipes Directeurs pour le Repatriement Direct el VHospitalisation en Pays Neutre.
    A.—Rapatriement Direct.
    Seront rapatries directement:
    1° les malades et blesses dont, d’apres les previsions medicales, la cuiabilite en une annee n’est pas presumable, leur etat exigeant un traite-ment, et leur aptitude intellectuelle ou corporelle paraissant avoir subi une diminution considerable;
    2° les malades et blesses incurables dont I’aptitude intellectuelle ou corporelle parait avoir subi une diminution considerable;
    3° les malades et blesses gueris dont I’aptitude intellectuelle ou corporelle parait avoir subi une diminution considerable.
    118
    Federal Council. The latter shall communicate such notification to the Governments of all the High Contracting Parties.
    The denunciation shall have effect only with respect to the High Contracting Party which gave notification thereof.
    Moreover, such denunciation shall not take effect during a war in which the denouncing Power is involved. In this case, the present Convention shall continue in effect, beyond the period of one year, until the conclusion of peace, and, in any event, until the processes of repatriation are completed.
    Article 97.
    A duly certified copy of the present Convention shall be deposited in the archives of the League of Nations by the Swiss Federal Council. Likewise, ratifications, adherences, and denunciations of which the Swiss Federal Council shall be notified, shall be communicated by it to the League of Nations.
    In faith whereof, the Plenipotentiaries named above have signed the present Convention.
    Done at Geneva, the twenty-seventh of July, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine, in a single copy, which shall remain in the archives of the Swiss Confederation and duly certified copies of which shall be forwarded to the Governments of all the countries invited to the Conference.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    [Translation]
    ANNEX TO THE CONVENTION OF JULY 27, 1929, RELATIVE TO THE TREATMENT OF PRISONERS OF WAR
    Model Agreement Concerning Direct Repatriation and Hospitalization. in a Neutral Country of Prisoners of War for Reasons of Health.
    I. Governing Principles for Direct Repatriation and Hospitalization in a Neutral Country.
    A. Direct Repatriation.
    There shall be repatriated directly:
    1.	Sick and wounded who, according to medical opinion, are not likely to recover in one year, their condition _ requiring treatment and their mental or physical fitness appearing to have suffered considerable diminution;
    2.	Incurable sick and wounded whose mental or physical fitness appears to have suffered considerable diminution;
    3.	Cured sick and wounded whose mental or physical fitness appears to have suffered considerable diminution.
    119

    B.—Hospitalisation en Pays Neutre.
    Seront hospitalises:
    1° les malades et blesses dont la guerison est presumable dans le delai d’un an, cette guerison apparaissant comme plus sure et plus rapide si les malades et blesses sont mis au benefice des ressources qu’offre le pays neutre que si leur captivite proprement dite est proIongee;
    2° les prisonniers de guerre dont la sante intellectuelle ou physique parait, d’apres les previsions medicales, menacees serieusement par -le maintien en captivite, tandis que I hospitalisation en pays neutre pourrait probablement les soustraire a ce risque.
    C.—Rapatriment des Hospitalises en Pays Neutre.
    Seront rapatries les prisonniers de guerre hospitalises en pays neutre qui appartiennent aux categories suivantes:
    1	ceux dont I etat de sante se presente comme etant ou devenant tel qu Us rentrent dans les categories des rapatriables pour raisons de sante
    2	les gueris dont I aptitude intellectuelle ou physique parait avoir subi une diminution considerable.
    II. Principes Speciaux pour le Rapatriement Direct ou I’Hospitalisation en Pays Neutre.
    A.—Rapatriement.

    Seront rapatries'.
    1° tous les prisonniers de guerre atteints, a la suite de lesions organiques, des alterations suivantes, effectives ou fonctionnelles: perte de membre, pa? alysie, alterations articulaires ou autres, pour autant que le defect est d au moins un pied ou une main, ou qu’il equivaut a la perte d'un pied ou d’une main;
    2° tous les prisonniers de guerre blesses ou Uses dont I’etat est tel qu’il fait d eux des infirmes dont on ne peut pas, medicalement, prevoir la guerison dans le delai d’un an;
    3 tous les malades dont I etat est tel qu’il fait d’eux des infirmes dont on ne peut pas, medicalement, prevoir la guerison dans le delai d’un an;
    a cette categorie appartiennent en particulier:
    a)	les tuberculoses progressives d’organes quelconques qui, d’apres les previsions medicales, ne peuvent plus etre gueries ou au moins con-siderablement ameliorees par une cure en pays neutre;
    b)	les affections non tuberculeuses des organes respiratoires presumees incurables (ainsi, avant tout, I’emphyseme pulmonaire fortement deve-loppe avec ou sans bronchite, les dilatations bronchiques, I’asthme grave, les intoxications par les gaz, etc.);
    120
    Ians apida
    hysiqi
    B. Hospitalization in a Neutral Country.
    There shall be placed in hospitals:
    1. Sick and wounded whose cure within a period of one year is to be expected, such cure appearing more certain and more rapid if the sick and wounded are given the benefit of the resources offered by the neutral country than if their captivity properly so-called is prolonged;
    2. Prisoners of war whose mental or physical health appears, according
    'ai to medical opinion, to be seriously menaced by continuance in captivity, while hospitalization in a neutral country would probably remove this danger.
    neut
    ant I sant dr su
    ition
    C. Repatriation of Those Hospitalized in a Neutral Country.
    There shall be repatriated the prisoners of war hospitalized in a neutral country who belong to the following categories:
    1. Those whose state of health appears to be or to be becoming such that they fall within the categories of persons eligible to repatriation for reasons of health;
    2. The recovered whose mental or physical fitness seems to have suffered a considerable diminution.
    zique ?mbr cct e
    I qu! oir
    ; doi an;
    II.	Special Principles for Direct Repatriation or Hospitalization in a Neutral Country.
    A. Repatriation.
    There shall be repatriated:
    1.	All prisoners of war who, as the result of organic injuries, have the following impairments, actual or functional: loss of a member,
    iedo paralysis, articular or other defects, provided that the loss is at least a foot or a hand, or is equivalent to the loss of a foot or a hand;
    2.	All wounded or injured prisoners of war whose condition is such that it renders them invalids whose cure, within a period of one year, can not be anticipated from a medical standpoint;
    3.	All the sick whose condition is such that it renders them invalids whose cure, within a period of one year, can not be anticipated from a medical standpoint;
    is It The following, in particular, belong to this category:
    con a) Progressive tuberculosis of any organs which, according to medical opinion, can no longer be cured or at least considerably improved by a course of treatment in a neutral country.
    b)	Nontubercular affections of the respiratory organs presumed incurable (such as, above all, strongly developed pulmonary emphysema, with or without bronchitis, bronchiectasis, serious asthma, gas poison, etc.) ;
    deve navi
    121
    c)	les affections chroniques graves des organes de la circulation (par exemple: les affections valvulaires avec tendences aux troubles de compensation, les affections relativement graves du myocarde, du pericarde et des vaisseaux, en particulier les anevrismes inoperables des gros vaisseaux, etc.);
    d)	les affections chroniques graves des organes digestifs;
    e)	les affections chroniques graves des organes urinaires et sexuels (avant tout, par exemple: tous les cas de nephrites chroniques confirmees avec semeiologie complete, et tout particulierement lorsquil existe deja des alterations cardiaques et vasculaires, de meme les pyelites et cystites chroniques, etc.) ;
    ) Sei i zular
    ous a ierah ) Se
    I ) Se: dark iplett iJairm
    1) Bl lains
    f)	les maladies chroniques graves du systeme nerveux central et peri- ch as pherique (ainsi, avant tout, la neurasthenic et I’hysterie graves, tous les cas ps of incontestables d’ epilepsie, le Basedow grave, etc.);
    g)	la cecite des deux yeux, ou celle d’un ceil lorsque la vision de Vautrc reste inferieure a 1 malgre I’emploi de verres correcteurs; la diminution de ptenes I acuite visuelle au cas ou il est impossible de la ramener par la correction a I acuite de pour un ceil du moins; les autres affections oculaires rentrant dans la presente categorie (glaucome, iritis, choroidite, etc.);
    h)	la surdite totale bilaterale, ainsi que la surdiie totale unilateral au cas oil I’oreille incompletement sourde ne perqoit plus la voix parlee ordinaire a un metre de distance;
    i)	tous les cas incontestables d’affections mentals;
    k) les cas graves d intoxication chronique par les metaux ou par d’autres causes (saturnisme, hydrargyrisme, morphinisme, coca'inisme, alcoolisme, intoxication par les gaz, etc.);
    I) les affections chroniques des organes locomoteurs (arthrite defor-mante, goutte, rhumatismes avec alterations decelables cliniquement), a la condition qu’elles soient graves;

    Ijitenes I presc i; T lease ij i dist; I) All
    ) Al | id pt poist ) Ch it, rhi serio _____________________________________________________________________________|n) A m) tous les neoplasmes malins, s’ils ne sont pas justiciables d’interventions neratio operatoires relativement benignes sans danger pour la vie de I’opere; Al n) tous les cas de malaria avec alteration^ organiques appreciables ,IOnic
    (augmentation chronique importante du volume du foie, de la rate, 1°) Se caihexie, etc.);
    o) les affections cutanees chroniques graves, pour autant que leur nature w) St ne constitue pas une indication medicale d’hospitalisation en pays neutre;
    p) les avitaminoses graves (beri-beri, pellagra, scorbut chronique).
    __ B.—Hospitalisation.
    Les prisonniers de guerre doivent etre hospitalises s’ils sont atteints des affections suivantes:
    1° toutes les formes de tuberculose d’organes quelconques, si, d’apres les connaissances medicales actuelles, elles peuvent etre gueries, ou du moins
    ft cons
    Prisoi hctior '• Ali
    Rsent
    122
    'ion (|> compt de et I ux,
    c) Serious chronic affections of the organs of circulation (for example: valvular affections with tendencies to disorders of compensation, relatively serious affections of the myocardium, pericardium of the vessels, especially inoperable aneurisms of the large vessels, etc.) ;
    d] Serious chronic affections of the digestive organs;
    Is (e) Serious chronic affections of the urinary and sexual organs (par-4 ticularly, for example: all cases of confirmed chronic nephritis with deja, j complete semeiology, and most especially when cardiac and vascular
    cyst impairments already exist; likewise, pyelites and chronic cystitis, etc.) ;
    /) Serious chronic diseases of the central and peripheral nervous system et p (such as, particularly, serious neurasthenia and hysteria, all unquestionable us les cases of epilepsy, serious cases of Basedow’s disease, etc.) ;
    g) Blindnes in both eyes, or in one eye when the vision of the other
    'e I’at ution )rreci ocula
    remains below 1 in spite of the use of corrective glasses; reduction in acuteness of vision in case it is impossible to restore it by correction to the acuteness of for one eye at least; other ocular affections coming in the present class (glaucoma, iritis, choroiditis, etc.) ;
    c.);
    ‘erale x pai.
    A) Total deafness in both ears, as well as total deafness in one ear in case the partially deaf ear does not discern the ordinary spoken voice at a distance of one meter;
    ?) All unquestionable cases of mental affections;
    k) All serious cases of chronic poisoning «by metals or other causes
    d’au\ | oolisi
    e de] it), i
    vend I
    ecial» la «(
    - nati
    (lead poisoning, mercury poisoning, morphinism, cocainism, alcoholism, gas poisoning, etc.) ;
    I) Chronic affections of the organs of locomotion (arthritis deformans, gout, rheumatism with impairments clinically discoverable), provided they are serious;
    m) All malignant growths, if they are not amenable to relatively minor operations without endangering the life of the patient;
    n)	All cases of malaria with noticeable organic changes (important chronic increase in size of the liver, of the spleen, cachexia, etc.) ;
    o)	Serious chronic cutaneous affections, in so far as their nature does not constitute a medical indication for hospitalization in a neutral country;
    p)	Serious avitaminoses (beri-beri, pellagra, chronic scurvy).
    «)■ i
    B. Hospitalization.
    Prisoners of war must be hospitalized if they have the following affections:
    1. All forms of tuberculosis of any organs whatever if, according to present medical knowledge, they may be cured, or at least considerably
    ; I
    123
    ■prove sanat 2. Al j y, cir the s
    I ir, th t [uirin i cepti . ragra i; jtient | tintry Nerve lints c I prise nsidei All c jit th, ' 'in ca Cases roe n
    consider ablement ameliorees par les methodes applicables en pays neutre (altitude, traitement dans les sanatoria, etc.);
    2° toutes les formes—necessitant un traitement—d’affections des organes respiratoires, circulatoires, digestifs, genito-urinaires, nerveux, des organes des sens, des appareilfs locomoteur et cutane, a condition, toutefois, que ces formes d’affections n’appartiennent pas aux categories prescrivant le iapatiiement direct, ou qu elles ne soient pas des maladies aigues propre-ment dites ayant une tendance a la guerison franche. Les affections en-visagees dans ce paragraphe sont celles qui offrent par I’application des moyens de cure disponibles en pays neutre des chances de guerison reelle-ment meilleures pour le patient que si celui-ci etait traite en captivite.
    Il y a lieu de considerer tout specialement les troubles nerveux dont les causes efficientes ou determinantes sont les evenements de la guerre ou de la captivite meme, comme la psychasthenic des prisonniers de guerre et autres cas analogues.
    Tous les cas de ce genre dument constates doivent etre hospitalise, pour autant que leur gravite ou leurs caracteres constitutionnels n’en font pas des cas de rapatriement direct.
    Les cas de physchasthenie des prisonniers de guerre qui ne sont pas gueris apres trois mois d hospitalisation en pays neutre ou qui, apres ce delai, ne so,nt pas manifestement en voie de guerison definitive, devront etre rapatries.	" *
    3 tous les cas de blessures, de lesions et leurs consequences qui offrent des chances de guerison meilleures en pays neutre qu’en captivite, a condition que ces cas ne soient pas, ou bien justiciables du rapatriement direct, ou bien insignifiants;
    4 tous les cas de malaria dument constates et ne presentant pas d’alterations organiques decelables cliniquement (augmentation de volume chro-nique du foie, de la rate, cachexie, etc.), si le sejour en pays neutre offre des perspectives particulierement favorables de guerison definitive ;
    5f tous les cas d intoxication (en particulier par les gaz, les metaux, les alcaloides) pour lesquels les perspectives de guerison en pays neutre sont specialement favorables.
    Seront exclus de I’hospitalisation:
    1° tous les cas d’affections mentales dument constatees;
    2° toutes les affections nerveuses -organiques ou fonctionnelles reputees incurables; (Ces deux categories appartiennent a celles donnant droit au rapatriement direct.)
    3° I’alcoolisme chronique grave;	jJB Al
    4° toutes les affections contagieuses dans la periode ou elles sont trans- 11 missibles (maladies infectieuses aigues, syphilis, primaire et secondaire, 111011 trachbme, lepre, etc.).
    tter e at th< ■''ignif
    1 A1 1 nicali Ichexi tospec
    5. A! fhich t
    Then |U1
    124
    5584J
    yt neu
    ; orgai ' orga , que 'want
    i prop tions ition
    ?! ree, itivite ’.ux d uerre e gue
    spit al t’en ft
    sont; apres dear
    i offr a con t dirt
    Elite ic ch tre o'[
    aux,\ tre si
    improved by methods applicable in a neutral country (altitude, treatment in sanatoria, etc.) ;
    2.	All forms—necessitating treatment—of affections of the respiratory, circulatory, digestive, genito-urinary, and nervous organs, of organs of the senses, of the locomotor and cutaneous apparatus, provided, however, that the forms of these affections do not belong to the categories requiring direct repatriation, or are not acute diseases properly so-called susceptible to a complete cure. The affections contemplated in this paragraph are those which offer really better chances of cure for the patient by the application of means of treatment available in a neutral country than if he were treated in captivity.
    Nervous troubles, the efficient or determinant causes of which are the events of the war or even of the captivity itself, such as the psychasthenia of prisoners of war and other analogous cases, should be given special consideration.
    All duly verified cases of this kind should be hospitalized, provided that the seriousness or constitutional character thereof does not make them cases for direct repatriation.
    Cases of psychasthenia of prisoners of war which are not cured after three months of hospitalization in a neutral country or which, after this period has expired, are not obviously on the road to final recovery, should be repatriated.
    3.	All cases of wounds or lesions and their consequences which offer better chances of cure in a neutral country than in captivity, provided that these cases are not either eligible for direct repatriation or else are insignificant;
    4.	All cases of malaria, duly verified and not presenting organic changes clinically discoverable (chronic enlargement of the liver, of the spleen, cachexia, etc.), if the stay in a neutral country offers particularly favorable prospects of final cure;
    5.	All cases of poisoning (particuarly by gases, metals, alkaloids) for which the prospects of cure in a neutral country are especially favorable.
    ■eput i iroit
    t tra jndai
    There shall be excluded from hospitalization:
    1.	All duly verified cases of mental affections;
    2.	All organic or functional nervous affections reputed to be incurable; (These two categories belong to those giving a right to direct repatriation.)
    3.	Serious chronic alcoholism;
    4.	All contagious affections during the period in which they are transmissible (acute infectious diseases, primary and secondary syphilis, trachoma, leprosy, etc.).
    558485°—44----9
    125
    III. Observations Generales.
    Les conditions ftxees ci-dessus doivent, d’une faqon generale, etre inter-pretees et appliquees dans un esprit aussi large que possible.
    Cette largeur d’interpretation doit etre appliquee particulierement aux etats nevropathiques ou psychopathiques causes ou determines par les evenements de la guerre ou de la captivite meme (psychasthenic des prisonniers de guerre), ainsi qu’aux cas de tuberculose a. tous les degres.
    Il va de soi que les medecins de camp et les commissions medicales mixtes peuvent se trouver en presence d’une foule de cas non mentionnes par mi les exemples donnes sous chiffre II, ou de cas ne s’adaptant pas h ces exemples. Les exemples mentionnes ci-dessus ne sont donnes que comme exemples typiques; une liste analogue d’exemples d’alterations chirurgicales n’a pas ete etablie parce que, abstraction faite des cas incon-testables par leur nature meme (amputations), il est difficile de dresser une liste de types particuliers; [’experience a demontre qu’un expose de ces cas particuliers n’etait pas sans inconvenients dans la pratique.
    On resoudra tous les cas ne s’adaptant pas exactement aux exemples cites en s inspirant de I’esprit des principes directeurs ci-dessus.
    The i 1 ap|
    This
    in <
    I ■ eve
    sOIW .t is .es n
    I ;es r 3ve is of ceptii
    I is di it a
    i actict All c j invo
    Vole.-I d are
    I B B B B
    C C C C E
    E E F C
    C c E I
    126
    III. General Observations.
    The conditions given above should, generally speaking, be interpreted and applied in as broad a spirit as possible.
    This breadth of interpretation should be especially applied to neuropathic or psychopathic conditions caused or brought to a head by the events of the war or even of the captivity itself (psychasthenia of prisoners of war), and also to cases of tuberculosis in all degrees.
    It is needless to state that camp physicians and the mixed medical commissions may find themselves confronted with a great number of cases not mentioned among the examples given under Section II, or cases not fitting in with these examples. The examples mentioned above are given only as typical examples; an analogous list of examples of surgical alterations has not been drawn up because, with the exception of cases incontestable by their very nature (amputations), it is difficult to make a list of particular types; experience has shown that a recital of these particular cases was not without disadvantages in practice.
    All cases not fitting exactly into the examples cited shall be decided by invoking the spirit of the above governing principles.
    Note.—The following countries have ratified or adhered to the above Convention and are bound by its terms:
    United States	Italy
    Belgium	Japan *
    Bolivia	Latvia
    Brazil	Mexico
    Bulgaria	Netherlands
    Canada	New Zealand
    Chile	Norway
    Colombia	Poland
    Czechoslovakia	Portugal
    Denmark	Rumania
    Egypt	Spain
    Estonia	Sweden
    France	Switzerland
    Germany	Thailand
    Great Britain	Turkey
    Greece	Union of South Africa
    Hungary	Yugoslavia
    India
    *See comment in Foreward concerning adherence by Japan.
    127
    Chapitre 6
    DES BLESSES ET DES MALADES
    Convention de Geneve (Croix Rouge), 27 Juillet 1929
    [Original]
    CONVENTION
    POUR L’AMELIORATION DU SORT DES BLESSES ET MALADES DANS LES ARMeES EN CAMPAGNE
    DES
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and to the Conference.]
    Heads of States who sent
    Plenipotentiaries
    egalement animes du desir de diminuer, autant qu’il depend d’eux, les maux inseparables de la guerre et voulant, dans ce but, perfectionner et completer les dispositions convenues a Geneve, le 22 aout 1864 et le 6 juillet 1906, pour I amelioration du sort des blesses et des malades dans les armees en campagne,
    ont resolu de conclure une nouvelle Convention a cet effet, et ont nomme pour leurs Plenipotentionaires, savoir:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Lesquels, apres s etre communique leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouves en bonne et due forme, sont convenus de ce qui suit:
    Chapitre Premier.—Des Blesses et des Malades.
    Article Premier.
    Les militaires et les autres personnes officiellement attachees aux armees qui seront blesses ou malades devront etre respectes et proteges en toutes cii Constances; Us seront traites avec humanite et soignes, sans distinction de nationalite, par le belligerant qui les aura en son pouvoir.
    Toutefois, le belligerant, oblige d’abandonner des blesses ou des malades a son adversaiie, laissera avec eux, autant que les exigences militaires le permettront, une partie de son personnel et de son materiel sanitaires pour contribuer a. les soigner.
    128
    Chapter 7
    WOUNDED AND SICK
    Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 27 July 1929
    *47 Stat. 2074; Treaty Series No. 847; Malloy, Treaties, Vol. IV, p. 5209)
    [Translation]
    CONVENTION
    FOR THE AMELIORATION OF THE CONDITION OF THE WOUNDED AND SICK OF ARMIES IN THE FIELD
    [Here follows the list of Sovereigns and Heads of States who sent Plenipotentiaries to the Conference.]
    equally desirous of diminishing, so far as lies within their power, the evils inseparable from war, and wishing to perfect and complete, for this purpose, the provision agreed upon at Geneva, August 22, 1864, and July 6, 1906, to ameliorate the condition of the wounded and sick of armies in the field.
    have decided to conclude a new Convention for this purpose, and have appointed the following as their Plenipotentiaries, namely:
    [Here follow the names of Plenipotentiaries.]
    Who, after having communicated to each other their full powers, found to be in good and due form, have agreed as follows:
    Chapter I.—The Wounded and Sick.
    Article 1.
    Officers, soldiers, and other persons officially attached to the armies who are wounded or sick shall be respected and protected in all circumstances; they shall be humanely treated and cared for without distinction °f nationality by the belligerent in whose power they are.
    A belligerent, however, when compelled to leave his wounded or sick ln the hands of his adversary, shall leave with them, so far as military exigencies permit, a portion of the personnel and the materiel of his sanitary service to assist in caring for them.
    129
    Article 2.
    Sous reserve des soins a leur fournir en vertu de Particle precedent, les blesses et les malades d’une armee tombes au pouvoir de I’autre belligerant seront prisonniers de guerre et les regies generales du droit des gens concernant les prisonniers leur seront applicables.
    Cependant, les belligerants resteront libres de stipuler, en faveur des prisonniers blesses ou malades et au dela des obligations existantes, telles clauses qu’ils jugeront utiles.
    Article 3.
    ubje< cle.
    othe nterr leiri.
    I re
    he he o\
    Apres chaque combat, I’occupant du champ de bataille prendra des mesures pour rechercher les blesses et les morts et pour les proteger contre le pillage et les mauvais traitements.
    Toutes les fois que les circonstances le permettront, un armistice local ou une interruption de feu seront convenus pour permettre I’enlevement des blesses restes entre les lignes.
    Article 4.
    \ Fcr . field 1 p am loo;
    I ' betv
    Les belligerants se feront connaitre reciproquement, dans le plus bref delai possible, les noms des blesses, des malades et des morts recueillis ou decouverts, ainsi que tous les elements propres a les identifier.
    Ils etabliront et se transmettront les actes de deces.
    Ils recueilleront et s’enverront egalement tous les objets d’un usage personnel trouves sur les champs de bataille ou sur les morts, notamment la moitie de leur plaque d’identite, I’autre moitie devant rester attaches au cadavre.
    Ils veilleront a ce que [’inhumation ou [’incineration des morts soil precedee d’un examen attentif et, si possible, medical des corps, en vue de constater la mort, d’etablir I’identite et de pouvoir en rendre compte.
    Ils veilleront, en outre, a ce qu’ils soient enterres honorablement, que leurs tombes soient respectees et puissent toujours etre retrouvees.
    A cet effet et au debut des hostilites, Us organiseront officiellement un service des tombes en vue de rendre possible des exhumations eventuelles et d assurer I’identification des cadavres, quel que soit I’emplacement suc-cessif des tombes.
    Des la fin des hostilites, Us echangeront la liste des tombes et celle des morts ensevelis dans leurs cimetieres et ailleurs.
    i i nam ■ hem, hev
    I 'hey
    I ®nal
    i -half
    1 'hev
    J le of

    er to lev
    ai ' or th . inize
    ’hav
    ■pon
    ■of d
    130
    Article 2.
    ent. I igera ‘IS co
    •ur c f, tel
    Subject to the care that must be taken of them under the preceding article, the wounded and sick of an army who fall into the power of the other belligerent shall become prisoners of war, and the general rules of international law in respect to prisoners of war shall become applicable to them.
    The belligerents shall remain free, however, to agree upon such clauses to the benefit of the wounded and sick prisoners as they may deem of value over and above already existing obligations.
    'ra ( coni
    e loc erne
    Article 3.
    After every engagement, the belligerent who remains in possession of the field of battle shall take measures to search for the wounded and the dead and to protect them from robbery and ill treatment.
    A local armistice or cessation of fire to enable the removal of wounded left between the lines shall be arranged whenever circumstances permit.
    Article 4.
    is bt
    Ulis t
    usa
    mme tach
    is si
    ■’« v t
    ipte. I U !
    nt
    tud
    it SU
    lie dl
    Belligerents shall mutually forward to each other as soon as possible the names of the wounded, sick and dead taken in charge or discovered by them, as well as all indications which may serve for their identification.
    They shall draw up and forward to each other death certificates.
    They shall collect and likewise forward to each other all objects of personal use found on the field of battle or on the dead, especially one-half of their identity plaque, the other half remaining attached to the body.
    They shall see that a careful examination, if possible, medical, is made of the bodies of the dead prior to their interment or cremation, with a view to verifying their death, establishing their identity, and in order to be able to furnish a report thereon.
    They shall further see that they are honorably buried and that the graves are treated with respect and may always-be found again.
    For this purpose, and at the outbreak of hostilities, they shall officially organize a service of graves in order to render any later exhumation possible and to make certain of the identity of bodies even though they may have been moved from grave to grave.
    Upon the termination of hostilities, they shall exchange lists of graves and of dead buried in their cemeteries and elsewhere.
    131
    Article 5.
    L’autorite militaire pourra faire appel au zele charitable des habitants pour recueillir et soigner, sous son contrdle, des blesses ou des malades des armees, en accordant aux personnes ayant repondu a cet appel une protection Speciale et certaines facilites.
    Chapitre 11. Des Formations et des Establissements Sanitaires.
    Article 6.
    The le in ound jpeal
    Les formations sanitaires mobiles, c’est-a-dire celles qui sont destinies'a accompagner les armees en campagne, et les etablissements fixes du service de sante seront respectes et proteges par les belligerants.
    krvice
    Article 7.
    La protection due aux formations et etablissements sanitaires cessera si Von en use pour commettre des actes nuisibles a Pennemi.
    Article 8.
    Ne seront pas consideres comme etant de nature a priver une formation ou un etablissement sanitaire de la protection assuree par Particle 6:
    1)	le fait que le personnel de la formation ou de letablissement est arme et qu’il use de ses armes pour sa propre defense ou celle de ses blesses et de ses malades;
    2)	le fait qua defaut d’infirmiers armes, la formation ou I’Itablisse-ment est garde par un piquet ou des sentinelles;
    3)	le fait qu’il est trouve dans la formation ou I’etablissement des armes portatives et des munitions retirees aux blesses et aux malades et n’ayant pas encore ete versees au service competent;
    4)	le fait que du personnel et du materiel du service veterinaire se trouvent dans la formation ou I’etablissement, sans en faire partie integrante.
    The
    lease
    A s rotec 1) '
    ses it
    4) l
    ir.ma
    Chapitre III.—Du Personnel.
    Article 9.
    Le personnel exclusivement affect! a I’enlevement, au transport et au traitement des blesses et des malades, ainsi qu’a I’administration des formations et des etablissements sanitaires, les aumoniers attachls aux armies, seront respect Is et proteges en toutes circonstances. S’ils tombent
    The ind t ratioi ittach
    132

    Article 5.
    The military authority may make an appeal to the charitable zeal of the inhabitants to receive and, under its supervision, to care for, the wounded or sick of the armies, granting to persons responding to such appeals special protection and certain facilities.
    Chapter II.—Sanitary Formations and Establishments.
    Article 6.
    Mobile sanitary formations, i. e., those which are intended to accompany armies in the field, and the fixed establishments belonging to the sanitary service shall be protected and respected by the belligerents.
    Article 7.
    The protection due to sanitary formations and establishments shall cease if they are used to commit acts injurious to the enemy.
    Article 8.
    A sanitary formation or establishment shall not be deprived of the protection accorded by Article 6 by the fact:
    1)	that the personnel of the formation or establishment is armed and uses its arms in self-defense or in defense of its wounded and sick;
    2)	that in the absence of armed hospital attendants the formation is guarded by an armed detachment or by sentinels;
    3)	that hand firearms or ammunition taken from the wounded and sick and not yet turned over to the proper authorities are found in the formation or establishment;
    4)	that there is found in the formation or establishment personnel or.materiel of the veterinary service which does not integrally belong to it.
    Chapter III.—Personnel.
    Article 9.
    The personnel charged exclusively with the removal, transportation, and treatment of the wounded and sick, as well as with the administration of sanitary formations and establishments, and the chaplains attached to armies, shall be respected and protected under all circum-
    133
    entre les mains de I’ennemi, Us ne seront pas traites comme prisonniers de guerre.
    Les militaires specialement instruits pour etre, le cas echeant, employes comme infirmiers ou brancardiers auxiliaires a I’enlevement, au transport et au traitement des blesses et des malades, et munis d’une piece d’identite, seront au benefice du meme regime que le personnel sanitaire permanent, s’Us sont captures pendant qu’ils remplissent ces fonctions.
    inces.
    ! pibOl Milit. len n inspo: entifit man ey arc
    Article 10.
    Est assimile au personnel vise a Valinea ler de I’article 9 le personnel des societes de secours volontaires, dument reconnues et autorisees par leur Gouvernement qui sera employe aux memes fonctions que celles du personnel vise au dit alinea, sous la reserve que le personnel de ces societes sera soumis aux lois et reglements militaires.
    Chaque Haute Partie Contractante notifiera a I’autre, soit des le temps de paix, soit a I’ouverture ou au cours des hostilites, en tout cas avant tout emploi effectif, les noms des societes qu’elle aura autorisees a preter leur concours, sous sa responsabilite, au service sanitaire officiel des ses armees.
    Article 11.
    The ] theii
    rsonn bonit
    ' warn Each
    j time d in lich i eoffic
    Une societe reconnue d’un pays neutre ne pourra preter le concours de son personnel et de ses formations sanitaires a un belligerant qu’avec I assentiment prealable de son propre Gouvernement et I’autorisation du belligerant lui-meme.
    Le belligerant qui aura accepte le secours sera tenu, avant tout emploi, d en faire la notification a I’ennemi.
    Article 12.
    A rec its s;
    nseni
    Les personnes designees dans les articles 9, 10 et 11 ne pourront etre retenues apres qu elles seront tombees au pouvoir de la partie adverse.
    Sauf accord contraire, elles seront renvoyees au belligerant dont elles relevent des qu une voie sera ouverte pour leur retour et que les exigences militaires le permettront.
    En attendant leur renvoi, elles continueront a remplir leurs fonctions sous la direction de la partie adverse; elles seront de preference affectees aux soins des blesses et des malades du belligerant dont elles relevent.
    A leur depart, elles emporteront les effets, les instruments, les armes et les moyens de transport qui leur appartiennent.
    Tim
    Unle; the I en f0 JWhiL jtirfu
    ■''iiTal pose \
    At th strim
    134
    stances. If they fall into the hands of the enemy they shall not be treated as prisoners of war.
    Military personnel which has received special instructions to be used when necessary as auxiliary attendants or litter bearers in the removal, transportation and treatment of the wounded and sick, and bearing an identification document, shall benefit by the same conditions as the permanent sanitary personnel if they are captured at the moment when they are fulfilling these functions.
    Article 10.
    The personnel of volunteer aid societies, duly recognized and authorized by their Government, who are employed in the same functions as the personnel contemplated in Article 9, paragraph 1, are assimilated to that personnel upon condition that the said societies shall be subject to military laws and regulations.
    Each High Contracting Party shall make known to the other, either in time of peace or at the opening or during the progress of hostilities, and in any case before actual employment, the names of the societies which it has authorized to render assistance, under its responsibility, in the official sanitary service of its armies.
    Article 11.
    A recognized society of a neutral country may only lend the services of its sanitary personnel and formations to a belligerent with the prior consent of its own Government and the authority of such belligerent.
    The belligerent who has accepted such assistance shall be required to notify the enemy before making any use thereof.
    Article 12.
    The persons described in Articles 9, 10 and 11 may not be detained after they have fallen into the power of the adversary.
    Unless there is an agreement to the contrary, they shall be sent back to the belligerent to whose service they are attached as soon as a way is open for their return and military exigencies permit.
    While waiting to be returned, they shall continue in the exercise of their functions under the direction of the adversary; they shall be assigned Preferably to the care of the wounded and sick of the belligerent to whose service they are attached.
    At the time of their departure they may carry with them such effects, ‘instruments, arms and means of transport as belong to them.
    135
    Article 13.
    Les belligerants assureront au personnel vise par les articles 9, 10 et 11, pendant quil sera en leur pouvoir, le meme entretien, le meme logement, les memes allocations et la meme solde qu’au personnel correspondant de leur armee.
    Des le debut des hostilites, Us s’entendront au sujet de la correspondance des grades de leur personnel sanitaire.
    Chapitre IV. Des Batiments et du Materiel.
    Article 14.
    Les formations sanitaires mobiles, queries qu’elles soient, conserveront, si elles tombent au pouvoir de la partie adverse, leur materiel, leurs moyens de transport et leur personnel conducteur.
    Toutefois, Vautorite militaire competente aura la faculte de s’en servir pour les soins des blesses et des malades; la restitution aura lieu dans les conditions prevues pour le personnel sanitaire et, autant que possible, en meme temps.
    Whih
    •sonn i jarter' i iron
    At th ndim
    If me | : po\i : trail.' ■The iiplov
    1 ice i ’sonn
    Article 15.
    Les batiments et le materiel des etablissements sanitaires fixes de I’armee demeureront soumis aux lois de la guerre, mais ne pourront etre detournes de leur emploi tant qu’ils seront necessaries aux blesses et aux malades.
    Toutefois, les commandants des troupes d’operations pourront en disposer, en cas de necessites militaries urgentes, en assurant au prealable le sort des blesses et des malades qui y sont traites.
    Article 16.
    Les batiments des societes de secours admises au benefice de la Convention seront consideres comme propriete privee.
    Le materiel de ces societes, quelque soit le lieu ou il pourra se trouver, sera egalement considere comme propriete privee.
    Le droit de requisition reconnu aux belligerants par les lois et usages de la guerre ne s’exercera qu’en cas de necessite urgente et une fois le sort des blesses et des malades assure.
    Build j ill re ir us Howt
    case i tree
    The I
    me I hl be
    Chapitre V. Des Transports Sanitaires.
    Article 17.
    Les vehicules amenages pour les evacuations sanitaires circulant isole-ment ou en convoi seront traites comme les formation sanitaires mobiles, sauf les dispositions Speciales suivantes:
    The i rcgai The ns of wot
    \ chi, pH bi fecial
    136
    Article 13.
    While they remain in their power, belligerents shall secure to the personnel mentioned in Articles 9, 10 and 11, the same maintenance and quarters, pay and allowances, as to persons of corresponding rank in their own armies.
    At the outbreak of hostilities the belligerents shall reach an understanding on the corresponding ranks of their sanitary personnel.
    Chapter IV.—Buildings and Materiel.
    Article 14.
    If mobile sanitary formations, whatever may be their nature, fall into the power of the adversary, they shall retain their materiel, their means of transportation, and their conducting personnel.
    The competent military authority, however, shall have the right to employ them in caring for the wounded and sick; restitution shall take place in accordance with the conditions prescribed for the sanitary personnel and as far as possible at the same time.
    Article 15.
    Buildings and materiel of the fixed sanitary establishments of the army shall remain subject to the laws of war, but may not be diverted from their use so long as they are necessary for the wounded and sick.
    However, commanders of troops engaged in operations may use them in case of urgent military necessity if, before such use, the wounded and sick treated there have been provided for.
    Article 16.
    The buildings of aid societies admitted to the benefits of the Convention shall be regarded as private property.
    The materiel of these societies, irrespective of its location, shall likewise be regarded as private property.
    The right of requisition recognized to belligerents by the laws and customs of war shall be exercised only in case of urgent necessity and after the wounded and sick have been provided for.
    Chapter V.-—Sanitary Transports.
    Article 17.
    Vehicles equipped for sanitary evacuation traveling singly or in convoy shall be treated as mobile sanitary formations subject to the following special provisions:
    137
    | A be ither >
    icm a are of ich ve )r sani rust be Milit on pu 2 for aragra Alin
    K well bturne
    Milit elongi
    The equisit
    Le belligerant interceptant des vehicules de transport sanitaire, isoles ou en convoi, pourra, si les necessites militaires I’exigent, les arreter, dis-loquer le convoi, en se chargeant, dans tous le seas, des blesses et des malades qu’il contient. Il ne pourra les utiliser que dans le secteur ou ils auront ete interceptes et exclusivement pour des besoins sanitaires. Ces vehicules, une fois leur mission locale terminee, devron etre rendus dans les conditions prevues a Particle 14.
    Le personnel militaire prepose au transport et muni a cet effet d’un mandat regulier sera renvoye dans les conditions prevues a I’article 12 pour le personnel sanitaire, et sous reserve du dernier alinea de I’aricle 18.
    Tous les moyens de transport specialement organises pour les evacuations et le materiel d’amenagement de ces moyens de transport relevant du service de sante seront restitue conformement aux dispositions du chapitre IV.
    Les moyens de transport militaires, autres que ceux du service de sante, pourront etre captures, avec leurs attelages.
    Le personnel civil et tous les moyens de transport provenant de la requisition seront soumis aux regies generales du droit des gens.
    Article 18.
    j Airci rotect eserve f sanit The; active leir u; Exce ine. as tatioii1 1 7 the
    Sani In t erritoi aonar be pre
    The ball b Mill t]
    Les appareils aeriens utilises comme moyens de transport sanitaire jouiront de la protection de la Convention pendant le temps ou ils seront exclusivement reserves a I’evacuation des blesses et des malades, au transport du personnel et du materiel sanitaires.
    Ils seront peints en blanc et porteront ostensiblement le signe distinctif prevu a I’article 19, a. cote des couleurs nationales, sur leurs faces inferieure et superieure.
    Sauf licence Speciale et expresse, le survol de la ligne de feu et de la zone situee en avant des grands postes medicaux de triage, ainsi que, d’une maniere generale, de tout territoire ennemi ou occupe par I’enriemi sera interdit.
    Les appareils sanitaires aeriens devront obeir a toute sommation d’atterrir.
    En cas d’atterrissage ainsi impose ou fortuit sur territoire ennemi ou occupe par I ennemi, les blesses et les malades, de meme que le personnel et le materiel sanitaires, y compris I’appareil aerien, demeureront au benefice des dispositions de la presente Convention.
    Le polite, les manoeuvres et les operateurs de telegraphie sans fl (T. S. F.) captures seront rendus, a la condition qu’ils ne soient plus utilises, jusqu a la fin des hostihtes, que dans le service sanitaire.
    138
    A belligerent intercepting sanitary transportation vehicles, traveling either singly or in convoy, may, if required by military necessity, stop them and break up the convoy, charging himself in all cases with the care of the wounded and sick whom it contains. He may only utilize such vehicles in the sector wherein they were intercepted and exclusively for sanitary needs. When their local mission is at an end, these vehicles must be returned under the conditions stipulated in Article 14.
    Military personnel assigned by competent orders for sanitary transportation purposes shall be returned under the conditions stipulated in Article 12 for sanitary personnel, and subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Article 18.
    All means of transportation especially organized for evacuation purposes, as well as their appurtenances attached to the sanitary service, shall be returned in conformity with the provisions of Chapter IV.
    Military means of transportation and their teams, other than those belonging to the sanitary service, may be captured.
    The civil personnel and all means of transportation obtained by requisition shall be subject to the general rules of international law.
    Article 18.
    Aircraft used as a means of sanitary transportation shall enjoy the protection of the Convention during such time as they are exclusively reserved for the evacuation of wounded and sick and for the transportation of sanitary personnel and materiel.
    They shall be painted in white and shall bear clearly visible the distinctive sign mentioned in Article 19 alongside of the national colors on their upper and lower surfaces.
    Excepting with special and express permission, a flight over the firing line, as well as over the zone situated in front of the major medical dressing stations, and in general over any territory under the control of or occupied by the enemy shall be forbidden.
    Sanitary aircraft must comply with all summons to land.
    In the case of a landing thus required or made accidentally upon territory occupied by the enemy, the wounded and sick, as well as the sanitary personnel and materiel, including the aircraft, shall benefit by the provisions of the present Convention.
    The pilot, mechanics, and wireless operators who have been captured shall be returned on condition of only being utilized in the sanitary service until the termination of hostilities.
    139
    Chapitre VI.—Du signe distinctif.
    Article 19.
    Par hommage pour la Suisse, le signe heraldique de la croix rouge sur fond blanc, forme par interversion des couleurs federates, est maintenu comme embleme et signe distinctif du service sanitaire des armees.
    Toutefois, pour les pays qui emploient deja, a la place de la croix rouge, le croissant rouge ou le lion et le soleil rouges sur fond blanc comme signe distinctif, ces emblemes sont egalement admis dans le sens de la presente Convention.
    Out i a v ntinui mies.
    Howe ice of lite fit thep
    Article 20.
    L’ embleme figurera sur les drapeaux, les brassards, ainsi que sur tout le materiel se rattachant au service sanitaire, avec la permission de I’autorite militaire competente.
    The ( iteriel. mpete
    Article 21.
    Le personnel protege en vertu des articles 9, alinea premier, 10 et 11 portera, fixe au bras gauche, un brassard muni du signe distinctif, delivre et timbre par une autorite militaire.
    Le personnel vise a Particle 9, alineas 1 et 2, sera pourvu d’une piece d’identite consistant, soit en une inscription dans le livret militaire, soit en un document special.
    Les personnes visees aux articles 10 et 11 qui n’ont pas d’uniforme militaire seront munies par I’autorite militaire competente d’un certificat d’identite avec photographic, attestant leur qualite de sanitaire.
    Les pieces d’identite devront etre uniformes et du meme modele dans chaque armee.
    En aucun cas, le personnel sanitaire ne pourra etre prive de ses insignes, ni des pieces d’identite qui lui sont propres.
    En cas de perte, il aura le droit d’en obtenir des duplicata.
    Article 22.
    I The p Id Art firing thorit' The} 'iiishct iption Person ! form -‘tificat
    dtary dentil
    ny.
    'of th. n cast
    Le drapeau distinctif de la Convention ne pourra etre arbore que sur les formations et les etablissements sanitaires qu’elle ordonne de respecter di et avec le consentement de I’autorite militaire. Dans les etablissements	!l1'
    fixes, il devra et, dans les formations mobiles, il pourra etre accompagne	‘
    du drapeau national du belligerant dont releve la formation ou esta I’etablissement.	lle^ b
    mtior
    140
    Chapter VI.—The Distinctive Sign.
    i.y inten
    roug
    ' sign esent
    et 1 ’elivi
    piei
    da?
    ignc
    Article 19.
    Out of respect to Switzerland the heraldic emblem of the red cross on a white ground, formed by the reversal of the Federal colors, is continued as the emblem and distinctive sign of the sanitary service of armies.
    However, for countries which already use, as a distinctive sign, in place of the red cross, the red crescent or the red lion and sun on a white field, these emblems shall likewise be recognized within the meaning of the present Convention.
    :r ioil
    977 4*
    Article 20.
    The emblem shall appear on flags and brassards, as well as upon all materiel, appertaining to the sanitary service, with the permission of the competent military authority.
    Article 21.
    The personnel protected in virtue of the first paragraph of Article 9 and Articles 10 and 11 shall wear attached to the left arm a brassard bearing the distinctive sign, issued and stamped by a competent military authority.
    The personnel mentioned in Article 9, paragraphs 1 and 2, shall be urmshed with an identification document consisting either of an inscription in their military booklet or a special document.
    Persons mentioned in Articles 10 and 11 who do not wear military uniform shall be furnished by competent military authority with a certificate of identity containing their photograph and attesting to their sanitary status.
    Identification documents must be uniform and of the same type in each army.
    The sanitary personnel may in no case be deprived of their insignia nor of their own identification papers.
    In case of loss they shall have the right to obtain duplicates.
    Article 22.
    I The distinctive flaS of the Convention may only be displayed over the n(J sanitarY formations and establishments which the Convention provides ■' shall be respected, and with the consent of the military authorities. In I xed establishments it shall, and in mobile formations it may, be accompanied by the national flag of the belligerent to whose service the urination or establishments is attached.
    558485°—44 10	141
    Toutefois, les formations sanitaires tombees au pouvoir de I’ennemi n’arboreront que le drapeau de la Convention, aussi longtemps qu’elles se trouveront dans cette situation.
    Les belligerants prendront, en tant que les exigences militaires le permet-tront, les mesures necessaries pour rendre nettement visibles aux forces ennemies terrestres, aeriennes et maritimes les emblemes distinctifs signalant les formations et les etablissements sanitaires, en vue d’ecarter la possibility de toute action agressive.
    Sani wev, ivcc The
    y agf
    Article 23.
    Les formations sanitaires des pays neutres qui, dans les conditions prevues par I’article 11, auraient ete autorisees a fournir leurs services devront arborer, avec le drapeau de la Convention, le drapeau national du belligerent dont elles relevent.
    Elies auront le droit, tant qu’elles preteront leurs services a un belligerent, d’arborer egalement leur drapeau national.
    Les dispositions du deuxieme alinea de I’article precedent leur seront applicables.
    Article 24.
    The I : fort i ill fl
    Higer Thev | vice
    The plica!
    L’embleme de la croix rouge sur fond blanc et les mots croix rouge ou croix de Geneve ne pourront etre employes, soit en temps de paix soit en temps de guerre, que pour proteger ou designer les formations et les establissements sanitaires, le personnel et le materiel proteges par la Convention.
    The ।
    | oss 01 ly to
    e pt'N
    Il en sera de meme, en ce qui concerne les emblemes vises a I’article 19, alinea 2, pour les pays qui les emploient.
    D’autre part, les societes de secours volontaires visees a I’article 10 pourront faire usage, conformement a la legislation nationale, de I’embleme distinctif pour leur activite humanitaire en temps de paix.
    A titre exceptionnel et avec I’autorisation expresse de I’une des societes nationales de la Croix-Rouge (Croissant-Rouge, Lion et Soleil-Rouges), il pourra etre fait usage de I’embleme de la Convention, en temps de paix, pour marquer I’emplacement de postes de secours exclusivement reserves a donner des soins gratuits a des blesses ou a des malades.
    The s | :ond j
    Morci iy, in iblem As an the n. e use c jgnatc listanct
    142
    5 que
    perm ux fol jignd
    j pret deui
    ' du
    lifer
    ir se
    Sanitary formations which have fallen into the power of the enemy, however, shall fly no other flag than that of the Convention as long as they continue in that situation.
    The belligerents, in so far as military exigencies allow, shall take such measures as may be necessary to render the distinctive emblems marking sanitary formations and establishments plainly visible to the land, air and sea forces of the enemy, with a view to preventing the possibility of any aggressive action.
    Article 23.
    The sanitary formations of neutral countries which, under the conditions set forth in Article 11, have been authorized to render their services, shall fly, with the flag of the Convention, the national flag of the belligerent to which they are attached.
    They shall have the right during such time as they are rendering service to a belligerent to fly their own national flag also.
    The provisions of the second paragraph of the preceding article are applicable to them.
    Article 24.
    ' The emblem of the red cross on a white ground and the words Red Cross or Geneva Cross may be used, whether in time of peace or war, ,W onlY to protect or designate sanitary formations and establishments, ' ‘>l the personnel and materiel protected by the Convention.
    I The same shall apply with respect to the emblems mentioned in the | second paragraph of Article 19 for such countries as use them.
    Moreover, the volunteer aid societies provided for under Article 10 may, in conformity with their national legislation, employ the distinctive w ' emblem for their humanitarian activities in time of peace.
    As an exceptional measure and with the specific authorization of one of the national Red Cross Societies (Red Crescent, Red Lion and Sun), the use of the emblem of the Convention may be allowed in peacetime to ‘J designate the location of relief stations reserved exclusively to giving free 'f/‘ assistance to wounded or sick.
    143
    Chapitre VII.—De VApplication et de I’Execution de la Convention.
    Article 25.
    Les dispositions de la presente Convention seront respectees par les Hautes Parties Contractantes en toutes circonstances.
    Au cas ou, en temps de guerre, un belligerant ne serait pas partie a la Convention, ses dispositions demeureront neanmoins obligatoires entre tous les belligerants qui y participent.
    Article 26.
    Les commandants en chef des armees belligerantes auront a pourvoir aux details d execution des articles precedents, ainsi qu’aux cas non prevus, d apres les instructions de leurs Gouvernements respectifs et con-formement aux principes generaux de la presente Convention.
    Article 27.
    Les Hautes Parties Contractantes prendront les mesures necessaires pour instruire leurs troupes, et specialement le personnel protege, des dispositions de la presente Convention et pour les porter a la connaissance des populations.
    Chapitre VIII. —De la Repression des Abus et des Infractions.
    Article 28.
    Les Gouvernements des Hautes Parties Contractantes, dont la legislation ne serait pas des a present suffisante, prendront ou proposeront a leurs legislatuies les mesures necessaires pour empecher en tout temps:
    a)	I emploi, par des particuliers ou par des societes autres que celle y ayant droit en vertu de la presente Convention, de I’embleme ou de la denomination de croix rouge ou de croix de Geneve, de meme que de tout signe et de toute denomination constituant une imitation, que cet emploi ait lieu dans un but commercial ou dans tout autre but;
    b)	en raison de I hommage rendu a la Suisse par I’adoption des couleurs federates interverties, I emploi par des particuliers ou par des societes des armoiries de la Confederation Suisse ou de signes constituant une imitation, soit comme marques de fabrique ou de commerce ou comme elements de ces marques, soit dans un but contraire a la loyaute commerciale, soit dans des conditions susceptibles de blesser le sentiment national suisse.
    144
    Chapter VII.—The Application and Execution of the Convention.
    Article 25.
    The provisions of the present Convention shall be respected by the High Contracting Parties under all circumstances.
    If, in time of war, a belligerent is not a party to the Convention, its provisions shall nevertheless remain in force as between all the belligerents who are parties to the Convention.
    Article 26.
    It shall be the duty of the commanders-in-chief of the belligerent armies to provide for the details of execution of the foregoing articles, as well as for unforeseen cases, in accordance with the instructions of their respective Governments, and conformably to the general principles of this Convention.
    Article 27.
    The High Contracting Parties shall take the necessary steps to acquaint their troops, and particularly the protected personnel, with the provisions of this Convention, and to make them known to the people at large.
    Chapter VIII.—The Repression of Abuses and Infractions.
    Article 28.
    The Governments of the High Contracting Parties whose legislation may not now be adequate shall take or shall recommend to their legislatures such measures as may be necessary at all times:
    a) to prevent the use by private persons or by societies other than those upon which this Convention confers the right thereto, of the emblem or of the name of the Red Cross or Geneva Cross, as well as any other sign or designation constituting an imitation thereof, whether for commercial or other purposes;
    by reason of the homage rendered to Switzerland as a result of the adoption of the inverted Federal colors, to prevent the use, by private persons or by organizations, of the arms of the Swiss Confederation or of signs constituting an imitation thereof, whether as trade-marks, commercial labels, or portions thereof, or in any way contrary to commercial ethics, or under conditions wounding Swiss national pride.
    145
    L’inter diction prevue sous lettre a) de I’emploi des signes ou denominations constituant une imitation de I embleme ou de la denomination de croix rouge ou de croix de Geneve, ainsi que Vinter diction prevue sous lettre b) de I’emploi des armoiries de la Confederation Suisse ou de signes constituant une imitation produira son effet a partir de Vepoque deter-minee par chaque legislation et, au plus tard, cinq ans apres la mise en vigueur de la presente Convention. Des cette mis en vigueur, il ne sera plus licite de prendre une marque de fabrique ou de commerce contraire a ces interdictions.
    Article 29.
    Les Gouvernements des Hautes Parties Contractantes prendront ou proposeront egalement a leurs legislatures, en cas d’insuffisance de leurs lois penales, les mesures necessaries pour reprimer, en temps de guerre, tout acte contraire aux dispositions de la presente Convention.
    Ils se communiqueront, par Vintermediaire du Conseil federal suisse, les dispositions relatives a cette repression, au plus tard dans les cinq ans a dater de la ratification de la presente Convention.
    Article 30.
    A la demande d’un belligerant, une enquete devra etre ouverte, selon le mode a fixer entre les parties interessees, au sujet de toute violation alleguee de la Convention; une fois la violation constatee, les belligerants y mettront fin et la reprimeront le plus promptement possible.
    DISPOSITIONS FINALES.
    Article 31.
    La presente Convention, qui porter a la date de ce jour, pourra, jusqu’au premier fevner 1930, etre signee au nom de tous les pays representes a la Conference qui s’est ouverte a Geneve le lpr juillet 1929, ainsi que des pays non representes a cette Conference qui participent aux Conventions de Geneve de 1864 ou de 1906.
    Article 32.
    La presente Convention sera ratifiee aussitot que possible.
    Les z atifications seront deposees a Berne.
    Il sei a dresse du depot de chaque instrument de ratification un proces-verbal dont une copie, certifiee conforme, sera remise par le Conseil federal suisse aux Gouvernements de touts les pays au nom de qui la Convention aura ete signee ou Vadhesion notifi.ee.
    146
    (J 70/1 1 OUS M ’ ’(gnl dele
    'list' ij ne se ntrai
    Wroil nee i nps ent io suis ’,s ci
    . sei olati bel ible.
    The prohibition mentioned in subparagraph a) of the use of signs or designations constituting an imitation of the emblem or designation of the Red Cross or Geneva Cross, as well as the prohibition mentioned in subparagraph b} of the use of the arms of the Swiss Confederation or signs constituting an imitation thereof, shall take effect from the time set in each act of legislation and at the latest five years after this convention goes into effect. After such going into effect it shall be unlawful to take out a trade-mark or commercial label contrary to such prohibitions.
    Article 29.
    The Governments of the High Contracting Parties whose penal laws may not be adequate, shall likewise take or recommend to their legislatures the necessary measures to repress in time of war all acts in contravention of the provisions of the present Convention.
    They shall communicate to one another through the Swiss Federal Council the measures taken with a view to such repression, not later than five years from the date of the ratification of the present Convention.
    Article 30.
    At the request of a belligerent, an investigation must be held, in such manner as shall be agreed upon by the interested parties, concerning any alleged violation of the Convention; whenever such a violation is proved, the belligerents shall put an end to it and repress it as promptly as possible.
    FINAL PROVISIONS.
    Article 31.
    v/
    es a ue i | ?ntic .
    wv
    i Ci
    The present Convention, which will bear the date of this day, may be signed up to February 1, 1930, on behalf of all the countries represented at the Conference which opened at Geneva on July 1, 1929, as well as by the countries not represented at the Conference which are parties to the Geneva Conventions of 1864 or of 1906.
    Article 32.
    The present Convention shall be ratified as soon as possible.
    The ratifications shall be deposited at Berne.
    A record of the deposit of each instrument of ratification shall be Prepared, a duly certified copy of which shall be forwarded by the Swiss ederal Council to the Governments of all the countries on whose behalf t e Convention has been signed or notification of adhesion made.
    147
    Article 33.
    La presente Convention entrera en vigueur six mois apres que deux instruments de ratification au moins auront ete deposes.
    Ulterieurement, elle entrera en vigueur pour chaque Haute Partie Contractante six mois apres le depot de son instrument de ratification.
    Article 34.
    La presente Convention remplacera les Conventions du 22 aout 1864 et du 6 juillet 1906 dans les rapports entre les Hautes Parties Contractantes.
    Article 35.
    A partir de la date de sa mise en vigueur, la presente Convention sera ouverte aux adhesions donnees au nom de tout pays au nom duquel cette Convention n’aura pas ete signee.
    Article 36.
    Les adhesions seront notifiees par ecrit au Conseil federal suisse et produiront leurs effets six mois apres la date a laquelle elles lui seront parvenues.
    Le Conseil federal suisse communiquera les adhesions aux Gouverne-ments de tous les pays au nom de qui la Convention aura ete signee ou I’adhesion notifiee.
    Article 37.
    L etat de guerre donnera effet immediat aux ratifications deposees et aux adhesions notifiees par les Puissances belligerantes avant ou apres le debut des hostilites. La communication des ratifications ou adhesions icques des Puissances en etat de guerre sera faite par le Conseil federal suisse par la voie la plus rapide.
    Th 864: ’artii
    Fn hall his C
    il Adi ?eder I ecuip
    Th< knts )r not
    A s tr adit if hos roni Host r
    Article 38.
    Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes aura la faculte de denoncer la presente Convention. L
    an apies que la notification en aura ete faite par ecrit au Conseil federal j x suisse. Celui-ci communiquera cette notification aux Gouvernements de 1
    Eacl
    La denonciation ne produira ses effets qu’un I he prf fear a lounci
    toutes les Hautes Parties Contractantes.
    La denonciation ne vaudra qu’a I'egard de la Haute Partie Contractante qui I’aura notifiee.
    Ws ( I The
    Contra
    148
    Article 33.
    The present Convention shall become effective six months after the deposit of at least two instruments of ratification.
    Subsequently, it shall become effective for each High Contracting Party six months after the deposit of its instrument of ratification.
    Article 34.
    The present Convention shall replace the Conventions of August 22, 1864, and of July 6, 1906, in the relations between the High Contracting Parties.
    Article 35.
    From the date on which it becomes effective, the present Convention shall be open for adhesions given on behalf of any country in whose name this Convention was not signed.
    Article 36.
    Adhesions shall be given by written notification addressed to the Swiss Federal Council and shall take effect six months after the date of their receipt.
    The Swiss Federal Council shall communicate adhesions to the Governments of all the countries on whose behalf the Convention was signed or notification of adhesion made.
    Article 37.
    A state of war shall give immediate effect to ratifications deposited or adhesions notified by belligerent Powers prior to or after the outbreak of hostilities. The communication of ratifications or adhesions received from Powers at war shall be made by the Swiss Federal Council by the most rapid method.
    Article 38.
    Each of the High Contracting Parties shall have the right to denounce the present Convention. The denunciation shall not take effect until one year after notification has been made in writing to the Swiss Federal Council. The latter shall communicate such notification to the Governments of all the High Contracting Parties.
    The denunciation shall have effect only with respect to the High Contracting Party which gave notification of it.
    149
    En outre, cette denonciation ne produira pas ses effets au cours d’une guerre dans laquelle serait impliquee la Puissance denonqante. En ce cas, la presente convention continuera a produire ses effets, au-deld du delai d’un an, jusqu’a la conclusion de la paix.
    Article 39.
    Une copie certifiee conforme de la presente Convention sera deposee aux archives de la Societe des Nations par les soins du Conseil federal suisse. De meme, les ratifications, adhesions et denonciations qui seront notifiees au Conseil federal suisse seront communiquees par lui a la Societe des Nations.
    En foi de quoi les Plenipotentiaries susnommes ont signes la presente Convention.
    Fait d Geneve, le vingt-sept. juillet mil neuf cent vingt-neuf, en un seal exemplaire, qui restera depose aux archives de la Confederation Suisse et dont des copies, certifees conformes, seront remises aux Gouvernements de tous les pays invites a la Conference.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    150
    Moreover, such denunciation shall not take effect during a war in which the denouncing Power is involved. In this case, the present Convention shall continue in effect, beyond the period of one year, until the conclusion of peace.
    Article 39.
    A duly certified copy of the present Convention shall be deposited in the archives of the League of Nations by the Swiss Federal Council.. Likewise, ratifications, adhesions, and denunciations of which the Swiss Federal Council has been notified shall be communicated by it to the League of Nations.
    In faith whereof, the Plenipotentiaries named above have signed the present Convention.
    Done at Geneva, the twenty-seventh of July, one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine, in a single copy, which shall remain in the archives of the Swiss Confederation and duly certified copies of which shall be forwarded to the Governments of all countries invited to the Conference.
    [Here follow signatures.]
    Note.—The following countries have ratified,	or have announced their adherence
    to, the above Convention, and are bound by its terms:
    United States	Iraq*
    Australia	Italy
    Austria	Japan
    Belgium	Latvia
    Bolivia	Lithuania*
    Brazil	Mexico
    Bulgaria	Netherlands
    Canada	New Zealand
    Chile	Norway
    China	Peru*
    Czechoslovakia	Poland
    Denmark	Portugal
    Egypt	Rumania
    Estonia	Spain
    Ethiopia*	Sweden
    Finland	Switzerland
    France	Thailand
    Germany	Turkey
    Great Britain	Union of South Africa
    Greece	Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
    Hungary	lics*
    India	Yugoslavia
    *Announced adherence.
    151
    SIGNED 11 NOVEMBER 1918
    The acct iatt.
    5. E the
    Jiiini nitcd all b incip I th b nk, ;
    I।neut e rivi d at : acua I SOO] irty-o evac awn i 6- I: acuat
    1 rsons rticip o des-
    Appendix A
    CONDITIONS OF AN ARMISTICE WITH GERMANY
    (A) On the Western Front.
    1.	Cessation of hostilities on land and in the air six hours after the signature of the Armistice.
    2.	Immediate evacuation of the invaded countries: Belgium. France. Luxemburg, as well as Alsace-Lorraine, so ordered as to be completed within fifteen days from the signature of the Armistice. German troops which have not evacuted the above-mentioned territories within the period fixed will be made prisoners of war. Joint occupation by the Allied and United States forces shall keep pace with evacuation in these areas. All movements of evacuation or occupation shall be regulated in accordance with a Note (Annexe No. 1), drawn up at the time of signature of the Armistice.
    3.	Repatriation, beginning at once, to be completed within fifteen days, of all inhabitants of the countries above enumerated (including hostages, persons under trial, or convicted).
    unitio acuat:
    'iha all be ‘filClll
    Ro
    •aterwa
    [Translation.]
    Between Marshal Foch, Commander-in-Chief of the Allied Armies, acting on behalf of the Allied and Associated Powers, in conjunction with Admiral Wemyss, First Sea Lord, of the one part; and Secretary of State Erzberger, President of the German Delegation, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary Count von Oberndorff, Major-General von Winterfeldt, Captain Vanselow (German Navy), furnished with full powers in due form and acting with the approval of the German Chancellor, of the other part;
    An Armistice has been concluded on the following conditions:
    CONDITIONS OF THE ARMISTICE CONCLUDED WITH GERMANY
    152
    4.	Surrender in good condition by the German armies of the following war material:
    5,000 guns (2,500 heavy, 2,500 field).
    25,000 machine-guns.
    3,000 trench mortars.
    1,700 fighting and bombing aeroplanes—in the first place, all D 7 s and all night-bombing aeroplanes.
    Arm on v
    IS
    >rdin
    ■ral ith
    Th
    IAN
    ter
    Frai npk trc pei ed ■'
    is.
    ,rda of
    fift due
    The above to be delivered in situ to the Allied and United States troops in accordance with the detailed conditions laid down in Annexe 1, drawn up at the time of signature of the Armistice.
    5.	Evacuation by the German armies of the territories on the left bank of the Rhine. These territories on the left bank of the Rhine shall be administered by the local authorities under the control of the Allied and United States armies of occupation. The occupation of these territories shall be carried out by Allied and United States garrisons holding the principal crossings of the Rhine (Mainz, Coblenz, Cologne), together with bridgeheads, at these points, of a 30 kilometre radius on the right bank, and by garrisons similarly holding the strategic points of each area. A neutral zone shall be reserved on the right bank of the Rhine between the river and a line drawn parallel to the bridgeheads and to the river, and at a distance of 10 kilometres from the Dutch to the Swiss frontier. Evacuation by the enemy of the Rhineland (left and right banks), shall be so ordered as to be completed within a further period of sixteen days_
    thirty-one days in all after the signature of the Armistice. All movements of evacuation and occupation shall be regulated according to Annexe 1, drawn up at the time of signature of the Armistice.
    6.	In all the territories evacuated by the enemy there shall be no evacuation of inhabitants; no damage or detriment shall be done to the persons or property of the inhabitants. No person shall be prosecuted for participation in military measures prior to the signature of the Armistice. No destruction of any kind to be committed. Military establishments °f all kinds shall be handed over intact, as well as military stores, food, munitions and equipment not removed during the periods fixed for evacuation. Stores of food of all kinds for the civil population, cattle, &c-’ shall be left in situ. No measure of a general or official character shall be adopted which may result in a depreciation of industrial establishments or in a reduction of their personnel.
    U Roads and means of communication of every kind, railroads, waterways, main roads, bridges, telegraphs and telephones shall be in no way damaged. All civil and military personnel at present employed on mem shall be maintained. 5,000 locomotives and 150,000 wagons in
    153
    good running order, and provided with all necessary spare parts and fittings, shall be delivered to the Associated Powers within the period fixed by Annex No. 2, which shall not exceed thirty-one days. 5,000 motor lorries in good running order shall also be handed over within thirty-six days.
    The railways of Alsace-Lorraine shall be handed over within thirty-one days, together with all personnel and material belonging directly to these lines. Further, material necessary for the working of railways in the territories on the left bank of the Rhine shall be left in situ. All stores of coal and material for upkeep of permanent way, signals, and repair-shops, shall be left in situ and maintained by Germany as far as the working of these lines on the left bank of the Rhine is concerned. All barges taken from the Allies shall be restored to them. The note appended as Annexe No. 1 regulates all details under this head.
    8.	The German Command shall be bound to disclose, within 48 hours after the signature of the Armistice, all mines or delay action apparatus disposed on the territory evacuated by the German troops, and shall assist in their discovery and destruction. The German Command shall also disclose all harmful measures that may have been taken (such as poisoning or pollution of springs, wells, &c.). All the foregoing under penalty of reprisals.
    9.	The right of requisition shall be exercised by the Allied and United States Armies in all occupied territories, settlement of accounts with the persons concerned being provided for. The maintenance of the troops of occupation in the Rhineland (excluding Alsace-Lorraine) shall be defrayed by the German Government.
    10.	Immediate repatriation, without reciprocity, of all Allied and United States prisoners of war (including those under trial or convicted), according to detailed conditions which shall be fixed. The Allied Powers and the United States shall dispose of these prisoners as they think fit. This condition cancels previous agreements on the subject of the exchange of prisoners of war, including the agreement of July, 1918, in course of ratification. The repatriation of German prisoners interned in Holland and in Switzerland shall, however, continue as before. The repatriation of German prisoners shall be settled upon the conclusion of the peace preliminaries.
    11.	Sick and wounded who cannot be removed from territory evacuated by the German armies shall be cared for by German personnel, to be left on the spot with the material required.
    154
    irts aj pern 5,0 wit}
    irty-o to the
    in t
    lores r-sho king
    ■s tak Anne
    a hoi paral 11 asi all a isoni | laity
    (B)	Clauses relating to the Eastern Frontiers of Germany.
    12.	All German troops at present in any territory which before the war belonged to Austria-Hungary, Roumania, or Turkey, must at once withdraw within the frontiers of Germany as these existed on August 1, 1914. All German troops at present in territories which before the war formed part of Russia shall likewise withdraw within the German frontiers as above defined, as soon as the Allies shall consider this desirable, having regard to the interior conditions of those territories.
    13.	Evacuation by German troops to begin at once, and all German instructors, prisoners, and civilian or military agents now within Russian territory (as defined on August 1, 1914), to be recalled.
    14.	German troops to cease at once all requisitions, seizures, or coercive measures for obtaining supplies intended for Germany in Roumania and Russia (according to frontiers existing on August 1, 1914).
    15.	Annulment of the Treaties of Bucharest and Brest-Litovsk and of supplementary treaties.
    16.	The Allies shall have free access to the territories evacuated by the Germans on their Eastern frontier, either via Danzig or by the Vistula, in order to revictual the populations of those territories or to maintain order.
    Unit
    (C) In East Africa.
    17. Evacuation of all German forces operating in East Africa within a period fixed by the Allies.
    (D) General Clauses
    18. Repatriation within a maximum period of one month, without reciprocity, in accordance with detailed conditions hereafter to be fixed, of all interned civilians, including hostages, and persons under trial or convicted, who may be nationals of the Allied or Associated States other than those mentioned in clause 3.
    19. Financial Clauses.—With the reservation that any future claims and demands of the Allies and United States shall remain unaffected, the following financial conditions are required:
    Reparation for damage done.
    While the Armistice lasts, no public securities shall be removed by the enemy which can serve as a guarantee to the Allies for the recovery of reparation for war losses.
    Immediate restitution of cash deposits in the National Bank of Belgium, and, in general, immediate return of all documents, specie, and securities
    155
    of every kind (together with plan for the issue thereof) affecting public or private interests in the invaded countries.
    Restitution of the Russian and Roumanian gold removed by the Germans or handed over to them. This gold to be delivered in trust to the Allies until the signature of peace.
    (E) Naval Conditions.
    20.	Immediate cessation of all hostilities at sea, and definite information to be given as to the location and movements of all German ships. Notification to be given to Neutrals that freedom of navigation in all territorial waters is given to the naval and mercantile marines of the Allied and Associated Powers, all questions of neutrality being waived.
    21.	Release, without reciprocity, of all prisoners of war in German hands belonging to the navies and mercantile marines of the Allied and Associated Powers.
    22.	Surrender to the Allies and the United States of all existing submarines (including all submarine cruisers and mine-layers) with armament and equipment complete, in ports specified by the Allies and the United States. Those which cannot put to sea shall be paid off and disarmed, and shall remain under the supervision of the Allies and of the United States. Submarines which are ready to put to sea shall be prepared to leave German ports as soon as orders are received by wireless for them to proceed to the port of surrender, and the rest shall follow as soon as possible. The conditions of this clause shall be fulfilled within fourteen days after the signature of the Armistice.
    23.	The following German surface warships, which shall be designated by the Allies and the United States, shall forthwith be disarmed and thereafter interned in neutral ports, or, failing these, in Allied ports designated by the Allies and the United States, and there placed under the supervision of the Allies and the United States, only guards being left on board, namely:
    6 battle cruisers.
    10 battleships.
    8 light cruisers, including two mine-layers.
    50 destroyers of the most modern types.
    All other surface warships (including river craft) shall be concentrated in German naval bases to be designated by the Allies and the United States, completely disarmed, and there placed under the supervision of the Allies and the United States. All vessels of the auxiliary fleet shall be disarmed. All vessels selected for internment shall be ready to leave erman ports seven days after the signature of the Armistice. Sailing orders shall be given by wireless.
    156
    pubii 24. The Allies and the United States shall have the right to sweep all mine-fields and destroy all obstructions laid by Germany outside German th territorial waters. The position of such mine-fields and obstructions is to ■1U'H be indicated.
    25. Freedom of access to and egress from the Baltic to be given to the naval and mercantile marines of the Allied and Associated Powers; to
    matic Notil ritori
    secure this the Allies and the United States shall be empowered to occupy all German forts, fortifications, batteries, and defense works of all kinds in all the channels from the Cattegat into the Baltic, and to sweep and destroy all mines and obstructions within and without German territorial waters. The plans and exact positions of the above shall be furnished by Germany, who may not raise any question of neutrality.
    ,crmJ 26. The existing blockade conditions set up by the Allied and Asso-?d am dated powers shall remain unchanged, and all German merchant ships
    met at sea shall remain liable to capture. The Allies and the United su States contemplate the provisioning of Germany, during the Armistice, iamen to such extent as shall be found necessary.
    ’d 27. All aircraft shall be concentrated and immobilized in German bases ff 21 specified by the Allied Powers and the United States.
    of t| all I drelf low with
    gnat d a
    po unc bei
    28.	In evacuating the Belgian coast and ports, Germany shall leave in situ and intact all harbor material and material for inland navigation, all merchant craft, tugs, and barges; all naval aircraft, equipment, and stores, together with all armament, equipment, and stores of every description.
    29.	All Black Sea ports are to be evacuated by Germany; Russian warships of all descriptions seized by Germany in the Black Sea are to be handed over to the Allies and the United States; all neutral merchant ships seized are to be released; war and other material of all kinds seized in those ports are to be returned, and German material as specified in clause 28 is to be abandoned.
    30.	All merchant ships now in German hands belonging to the Allied and Associated Powers shall be restored, without reciprocity, in ports specified by the Allies and the United States.
    trat jiit ion : sh
    let iaili
    31.	No destruction of ships or of material to be permitted before evacuation, surrender, or restoration.
    32.	The German Government shall formally notify all neutral Governments, and particularly the Governments of Norway, Sweden, Denmark, and Holland, that all restrictions imposed on the trading of their vessels "ith the Allied and Associated countries, whether by the German Government or by private German interests, and whether in return for specific concessions, such as the export of shipbuilding materials or not, are immediately cancelled.
    558485°—44----11
    157
    33.	No transfers of German merchant shipping of any description to any neutral flag are to take place after the signature of the Armistice.
    (F) Duration of the Armistice.
    34.	The duration of the Armistice shall be thirty-six days, with option to extend.
    During such period the Armistice may, owing to non-execution of any of the above clauses, be denounced by one of the contracting parties, who shall give forty-eight hours’ notice of its intention to that effect It is. agreed that the Armistice shall not be denounced owing to nonsufficient execution of the stipulations of clauses 3 and 18 within the time-limits specified, except in the case of intentional negligence in execution. . To insure the adequate fulfilment of the present agreement, the principle of a Permanent International Armistice Commission is admitted. This Commission shall work under the high authority of the military and naval Commander-in-Chief of the Allied forces.
    This Armistice was signed on the 11th November, 1918, at 5 A. M. (French time).
    IT
    Shal nditi
    I 1st , u ont a I re da' po ie Ni i ter th Im lie Nc I e sigr I Troc Ines c leir e' r the Imistii
    Went
    (Signed)
    F. Fogh.		Erzberger.
    R. E. Wemyss.		Oberndorff.
    		WlNTERFELDT.
    	ADDENDUM	Vanselow.
    The Allied Representatives declare that, owing to recent events, it appears necessary to them that the following condition should be added to the clauses of the armistice:
    “In the event of the German vessels not being handed over within the periods specified, the Allied and United States Governments shall have the right to occupy Heligoland so as to insure the surrender of the vessels.”
    (Signed)
    R. E. Wemyss, Admiral.	p Foch.
    The German delegates state that they will transmit this declaration to the German Chancellor, with the recommendation that it should be accepted,. together with the reasons upon which this demand on the part of the Allies is based.
    (Signed) Erzberger.
    WlNTERFELDT.
    Oberndorff.
    Vanselow.
    • This
    ■ 1st S | and fallal pOr I be & |e sign I 3d St line ol ren d;
    Ie rig} Airtvn (The Iter th ierman
    158
    [Translation.]
    ANNEX NO. 1.
    4.	The Evacuation of the Invaded Territories of Belgium, France, and Luxemburg, as well as of Alsace-Lorraine,
    Shall be carried out in three successive stages under the following conditions:
    1st Stage.—Evacuation of the territory situated between the present front and line No. 1 as shown on the attached map, to be completed within five days after the signature of the armistice.
    2d Stage.—Evacuation of the territory situated between line No. 1 and line No. 2, to be completed within four further days (nine days in all after the signature of the armistice).
    3d Stage.—Evacuation of the territory situated between line No. 2 and line No. 3, to be completed within six further days (fifteen days in all after the signature of the armistice) .
    Troops of the Allies and of the United States shall enter these different zones on the expiration of the periods allowed to the German troops for their evacuation. Thus the present German front line will be crossed by the Allied troops as from the sixth day following the signature of the armistice, line No. 1 as from the tenth day, and line No. 2 as from the sixteenth day.
    II. Evacuation of the Rhine Lands.
    This evacuation shall also be carried out in several successive stages, viz.: 1st Stage.—Evacuation of the territories situated between line 2, line 3, and line 4 to be completed within four further days (nineteen days in all after the signature of the armistice).
    2d Stage.—Evacuation of the territory situated between line 4 and line 5 to be completed within four further days (twenty-three days in all after the signature of the armistice).
    3d Stage.—Evacuation of the territory situated between line 5 and line 6 (line of the Rhine) to be completed within four further days (twentyseven days in all after the signature of the armistice).
    ^th Stage. Evacuation of the bridgeheads and of the neutral zone on the right bank of the Rhine to be completed within four further days (thirty-one days in all after the signature of the armistice).
    The armies of occupation of the Allies and the United States shall enter these different zones on the expiration of the period allowed to the German troops for the evacuation of each zone; thus line No. 3 shall be
    159
    H
    crossed by them as from the twentieth day following the signature of the Armistice; line No. 4 shall be crossed by them as from the twenty-fourth day following the signature of the Armistice; line No. 5 as from the twenty-eighth day; and line No. 6 (Rhine) as from the thirty-second day, for the occupation of the bridgeheads.
    III. Surrender by the German Armies of the War Material Fixed by the Armistice Conditions.
    This war material shall be handed over in the following manner: The first half before the tenth day, the second half before the twentieth day. This material shall be handed over to each Allied and United States Army by each tactical group of the German army in proportions to be laid down by the Permanent Armistice Commission.
    [Translation.]
    ANNEX NO. 2.
    Conditions Relating to the Means of Communication (Railways, Waterways, Roads, River Harbors, Seaports, Telegraphs and Telephones) .
    1.	All means of communication up to and including the Rhine, or included on the right bank of that river within the bridgeheads occupied by the Allied armies, shall be placed under the full and complete control of the Commander-in-Chief of the Allied Armies, who shall have the right to take any steps which he may judge necessary in order to insure their occupation and use. All documents relating to the means of communication shall be held in readiness to be delivered to him.
    2.	All the material and all civil and military personnel at present employed for the upkeep and use of the means of communication will be maintained in toto on these communications throughout the territory evacuated by the German troops.
    Any additional material necessary for the maintenance of these lines of communication in the territories on the left bank of the Rhine shall be furnished by the German Government throughout the duration of the armistice.
    3.	Personnel.—The French and Belgian personnel belonging to the communication services, whether interned or not, shall be returned to the French or Belgian Armies within fifteen days of the signature of the Armistice. The personnel directly employed on the Alsace-Lorraine rail-
    160
    of thr j ■fourth m thj d da\|j
    by th
    .nner ntietl /nite irtionf
    VAYS
    AN
    e, o ipiei ntrc ■ th isur i com
    isen wi itor
    line ;hal
    i o
    the the the •ail-
    way system shall be retained or shall return to their posts in order to keep these railways running.
    The Commander-in-Chief of the Allied Armies shall have the right to change or replace any of the personnel of the communication services as he may think fit.
    4.	Material:
    (a)	Rolling-Stock.—The rolling-stock handed over to the Allied Armies in the zone between the front line and line No. 3 (not including Alsace-Lorraine) shall amount to at least 5,000 locomotives and 150,000 wagons. Delivery of this rolling-stock shall be carried out within the periods fixed by clause 7 of the Armistice, and under the detailed conditions to be settled by the Permanent International Armistice Commission.
    All this rolling-stock shall be in a good state of repair and in running order, and provided with all usual spare parts or accessories. It shall be used (with its own or any other personnel) at any point of the railway system of the Allied Armies.
    The rolling-stock directly employed on the railways of Alsace-Lorraine shall be retained in situ or returned to the French Army.
    The material to be left in situ in the territories on the left bank of the Rhine, as well as within the bridgeheads, must allow of normal traffic being maintained on the lines in these areas.
    (b)	Permanent-way, Signals, and Workshop Plant.—The signaling apparatus, machinery and tools removed from the workshops and depots of the French and Belgian railways shall be replaced in accordance with detailed conditions to be settled by the Permanent International Armistice Commission. The permanent-way material, rails, appurtenances, apparatus, bridging material, and timber necessary for repairing the destroyed lines beyond the present front shall be supplied to the Allied Armies.
    (c)	Fuel and Materials for Upkeep.-—During the period of the Armistice, fuel and materials for upkeep shall be supplied by the German Government to the depots normally serving the traffic in the territories on the left bank of the Rhine.
    5.	P elegraphic and Telephonic Communications.—All telegraph and telephone lines and fixed wireless stations shall be surrendered to the Allied Armies with all the civil and military personnel and all equipment, including all stores existing on the left bank of the Rhine.
    All additional stores necessary for the maintenance of traffic shall be supplied by the German Government during the period of the Armistice, as and when required.
    The Commander-in-Chief of the Allied Armies shall assume military control of this system, guarantee its organization, and replace or change any of the personnel as he may think fit.
    161 -
    He shall return to the German Army all the military personnel which he does not consider necessary for the working and maintenance of the system.
    All plans of the German telegraph and telephone systems shall be handed over to the Commander-in-Chief of the Allied Armies.
    T. 1
    1 i th
    i ler ।
    T. I I; f ..
    t. 2
    >L.
    k the
    0 ch .
    ’1 tion
    1 -nr
    “ )urp l( iis
    15 1 er
    T, 4
    ■' y a< " lines
    ■ any iun;
    : n a ‘ ext r. 5
    ! cts i : mca store an
    r. 6.
    i ;d,i of b

    162
    1 whil of t|
    hall

    Appendix B
    FORM OF ARMISTICE BETWEEN TWO OPPOSING FORCES
    AB States F H m____
    Art. 1. On the publication of this armistice, hostilities shall cease be-ween the United States and----------------forces at all points along the
    rontier of-----------between________________and
    Art. 2. The armistice shall continue until noon on the lay of------------, and until such further time as is hereinafter mentioned.
    Art. 3. Either side may at any time on or after the said lay of------------, give------------days’ notice of its intention to deter-
    nine the armistice, and the armistice shall be determined at the expiration )f such-----------days. Notice shall be given by writing, stating the
    ntention to determine the armistice, and sent from the headquarters of >ne army to the headquarters of the other army. In reckoning time for he purpose of the said--------------days’ notice, the day on which the
    lotice is given, at whatever hour the same may be given, shall be reckoned ls an entire day, and the armistice shall expire at midnight on the ----------day succeeding the day on which the notice is given.
    Art. 4. The lines of demarcation shown on the attached map shall be tactly adhered to during the armistice. The territory lying between the two lines of demarcation shall be strictly neutral, and any advance into jit by any member of either army is prohibited except for the purposes of communication between the two armies. Neither army shall extend its “ne in a-------------or-------------direction beyond the points shown
    as the extremities of their respective lines.
    Art. 5. Subject to the restrictions mentioned in the fourth article, as aspects making an advance into the neutral territory, either army may hke measures to strengthen its position, and may receive reinforcements and Scores of warlike and other material, and may do any other act not being an act of direct hostility.
    Art. 6. During the two days following the day on which this armistice is atified, burial parties from both armies shall be permitted to visit the de^d°^	-----------instant, for the purpose of burying the
    ----------, authorized by C D, commander in chief of the United forces in ----------, and E F -------------, authorized by
    ------, commander in chief of the _________________ troops ------, agree to the following articles:
    163
    Art. 7. The main road from A to B via C will be used for communication between the commanders in chief of the two armies.
    Art. 8. During the continuance of the armistice the peaceful inhabitants of the country shall be allowed to pursue their occupations, and to buy from or sell to either army provisions or goods, but any measures consistent with the observance of the articles of the armistice in relation to the neutral territory may be taken by either army to prevent inhabitants, after entering the lines of or obtaining information respecting one army from passing or carrying information to the other army
    Art. 9. This armistice shall come into force immediately on its ratification by the commanders in chief of the two armies, and officers shall be dispatched with all speed, from the headquarters of each army, to give notice of the armistice at all points along the line.
    BE
    in .
    of _
    |i A
    164
    Appendix C
    FORM OF ARMISTICE
    BETWEEN BESIEGING FORCE AND GARRISON
    A B, general, commander in chief of the United States forces now m-----------, and C D, general, commander in chief of the garrison
    °f----------, agree to the following articles:
    Article 1. An armistice between the United States troops investing --------and the troops forming the garrison of________shall
    begin at noon on the ---------- instant and shall end at noon on
    the---------instant.
    Art. 2. White flags shall be hoisted simultaneously at the beginning of the armistice, the one at------, within the United States lines, and
    the other at Fort_______
    The flags shall be kept flying during the continuance of the armistice and shall be lowered simultaneously at its conclusion.
    Art. 3. Provisions to the extent of-----rations shall be supplied
    daily for the use of the garrison by the besiegers on payment of such sums as may be agreed upon as the value thereof by commissioners to be appointed by the above-named commanders in chief, respectively. The provisions shall be delivered to persons authorized to demand the same by the general commanding the garrison, at such times, and in such places in front of the United States lines, as may be agreed upon by the above-named commanders in chief, and shall be conveyed to the garrison by the persons authorized as above stated.
    Art. 4. Save in so far as is provided by article 3, or as may be agreed upon between the above-named commanders in chief, it is agreed that the garrison shall not attempt to obtain succor, and that no communication whatever shall, during the armistice, take place between the garrison, whether friend or enemy, and a space of------around the fortifica-
    tion shall be considered neutral ground, and no person whatever, whether he be a stranger or belonging to the garrison or to the besieging army, shall be allowed to enter on such space without the permission of the above-named commanders in chief.
    Art. 5. General-----------} commanding the garrison, engages on
    behalf of the garrison not to repair the fortifications or to undertake any new siege works, or do any act or thing whatsoever calculated to place
    165
    the garrison in a better position in regard to its defense; and General -----------? on behalf of the United States troops, engages not to undertake any siege works, or to make any hostile move against the garrison, but it is understood that he is at liberty to obtain fresh supplies of provisions or reinforcements of troops.
    166
    Appendix D
    CAPITULATION OF SANTIAGO, 1898
    Terms of the military convention for the capitulation of the Spanish forces occupying the territory which constitutes the division of Santiago de Cuba, and described as follows: All that portion of the island of Cuba east of a line passing through Aserradero, Dos Palmas, Cauto Abajo, Escondida, Tanamo, and Aguidora, said troops being in command (of Gen. Jose Toral, agreed upon by the undersigned commissioners: Brig. Gen.‘Don Federico Escario, Lieut. Col. of Staff Don Ventura Fontan, and, as interpreter, Mr. Robert Mason, of the city of Santiago de Cuba, appointed by Gen. Toral, commanding the Spanish forces, on behalf of the Kingdom of Spain, and Maj. Gen. Joseph Wheeler, United States | Volunteers; Maj. Gen. H. W. Lawton, United States Volunteers; and First Lieut. J. D. Miley, Second Artillery, aid-de-camp, appointed by Gen. Shafter, commanding the American forces, on behalf of the United States:
    1.	That all hostilities between American and Spanish forces in this district absolutely and unequivocally cease.
    2.	That this capitulation includes all the forces and war material in said territory.
    3.	That the United States agrees with as little delay as possible to transport all the Spanish troops in said district to the Kingdom of Spain, the troops being embarked, as far as possible, at the port nearest the garrisons they now occupy.
    4.	That the officers of the Spanish Army be permitted to retain their side arms and both officers and private soldiers their personal property.
    15.	That the Spanish authorities agree to remove, or assist the American Navy in removing, all mines or other obstructions to navigation now in the harbor of Santiago and its mouth.
    6.	That the commander of the Spanish forces deliver, without delay, a complete inventory of all arms and munitions of war of the Spanish forces in above-described district to the commander of the American forces; also a roster of said forces now in said district.
    7.	That the commander of the Spanish forces, in leaving said district, ls authorized to carry with him all military archives and records pertaining to the Spanish Army now in said district.
    8.	That all that portion of the Spanish forces known as volunteers, ntobilizados, and guerrillas who wish to remain in the island of Cuba are
    167
    permitted to do so upon condition of delivering up their arms and taking a parole not to bear arms against the United States during the continuance of the present war between Spain and the United States.
    9.	That the Spanish forces will march out of Santiago de Cuba with honors of war, depositing their arms thereafter at a point mutually agreed upon, to await their disposition by the United States Government, it being understood that the United States commissioners will recommend that the Spanish soldier return to Spain with the arms he so bravely defended.
    10.	That the provisions of the foregoing instrument become operative immediately upon its being signed.
    Entered into this 16th day of July, 1898, by the undersigned commissioners, acting under instructions from their respective commanding generals and with the approbation of their respective Governments.
    ' The u lils o i urbs, | eemei i ited I his i Inish
    ■ Th iI its c t ces dt I the q iect t Cllbic 111 pe ainin ' obsc arce.
    Off • All
    r t°;
    • Cor public iin 1C iAll ish riati ids anis] «if e wh
    Offi t'nii as th heel
    168
    id takii tinuan
    iba w
    V agre
    1 M that aided
    Appendix E
    CAPITULATION OF MANILA
    Manila, August 14, 1898.
    iperat* The undersigned having been appointed a commission to determine the details of the capitulation of the city and defenses of Manila and its comrJ suburbs, and the Spanish forces stationed therein, in accordance with the mandis agreement entered into the previous day by Maj. Gen. Wesley Merritt, :nts. United States Army, American commander in chief in the Philippines, and his excellency Don Fermin Jaudenes, acting general in chief of the Spanish Army in the Philippines, have agreed upon the following:
    1.	The Spanish troops, European and native, capitulate with the city and its defenses, with all the honors of war, depositing their arms in the
    | places designated by the authorities of the United States, and remaining in the quarters designated and under the orders of their officers and subject to control of the aforesaid United States authorities, until the conclusion of a treaty of peace between the two belligerent nations.
    All persons included in the capitulation remain at liberty, the officers remaining in their respective homes, which shall be respected as long as they observe the regulations prescribed for their Government and the laws in force.
    2.	Officers shall retain their side arms, horses, and private property.
    3.	All public horses and public property of all kinds shall be turned over to staff officers designated by the United States.
    4.	Complete returns in duplicate of men by organizations, and full lists of public property and stores, shall be rendered to the United States within 10 days from this date.
    I 5. All questions relating to the repatriation of officers and men of the Spanish forces and of their families and of the expenses which said repatriation may occasion, shall be referred to the Government of the United States at Washington.
    Spanish families may leave Manila at any time convenient to them.
    I The return of the arms surrendered by the Spanish forces shall take place when they evacuate the city or when the American Army evacuates.
    6- Officers and men included in the capitulation shall be supplied by
    1 e United States, according to their rank, with rations and necessary a*d as though they were prisoners of war, until the conclusion of a treaty of peace between the United States and Spain.
    169
    All the funds in the Spanish treasury, and all other public funds, shall be turned over to the authorities of the United States.
    7. This city, its inhabitants, its churches and religious worship, its educational establishments, and its private property of all descriptions are placed under the special safeguard of the faith and honor of the American Army.
    Aut h .. or tin He
    I oint) L._ He rticle
    He
    ’hoto fing, or si
    Noti-: Phot >ger p
    170	I 558<
    rship, y criptii r I
    Appendix F
    FORM OF PASSPORT
    (Place and date of issue.)
    Authority is hereby granted to Mr. (or other title) _______________living
    at------------(if on a mission, state the same), to pass out of the lines
    for the purpose of (state object of journey)
    He will cross the lines by the road from A to B (or at a designated point) during the--------------------------(forenoon, afternoon, or day)
    ------------------------(date).
    He is authorized to take with him______________________________ (persons,
    articles, carriages, etc.).
    He will proceed to (name destination) by the route C. D. E.
    Photograph or finger print or signature.
    (Signature of officer.)
    (Rank, etc.)
    Note.—This passport is strictly personal and will be void unless used on the date stated.
    Note. Blank forms for these should be issued at the commencement of hostilities. A photograph should be attached where the pass is for an extended period. A finger print or signature can be substituted if desired.
    558485°—44---12
    171

    Photograph.
    SAFE CONDUCT
    (Place and date of issue.) --------------------residing at______________________
    (or if on a mission, the mission to be stated) is authorized to proceed to______________________for
    the purpose of_________________________’____________
    He will follow the route A. B. C.
    He is authorized to take with him (persons, articles, vehicles).
    This safe conduct is good until_____________________________________
    All military authorities are directed to protect the bearer of this safe conduct and in nowise to molest him.
    .--------------------3
    (Signature of officer.)
    (Rank, etc.)
    Note. This safe conduct is strictly personal and shall be void unless used within the time fixed.
    FORM OF SAFEGUARD
    (Date and place of issue.)
    All officers and enlisted men belonging to the_____________________
    (Name the army
    ---------------------------------are directed to respect the premises or subdivision thereof.)
    of-----------situated at____________
    No requisitions thereon, nor damage thereto, will be permitted, and protection will be afforded by all officers and enlisted men against any person who shall attempt to act in violation of this order.
    J
    (Signature of officer.)
    (Rank, etc.)
    172
    INDEX
    References marked with an asterisk (*) are to provisions of the Hague Convention No. IP of 1907 regarding prisoners i war; the most recent provisions relating to the treatment of prisoners of war are in the Geneva {Prisoners of War} Il Convention of 1929.	J
    Aid Societies. (See Relief Societies.)
    Aircraft:	Articles	Pages
    Concentration and immobilization of German aircraft................. 27	157
    Naval, relinquishment by Germany in Belgian ports................... 28	157
    Surrender of 1,700 aeroplanes, under Armistice with Germany....	4	153
    Used as means of sanitary transportation, rules governing........... 18	139
    Armed Forces:
    See also Land Forces.
    Applicability of Geneva (Prisoners of War) Convention to....... 1	67
    Combatants and noncombatants................................... 3	15
    Responsibility of belligerents for acts committed by members of.	. .	3	11
    Soldiers penetrating enemy zone to obtain information, when not
    spies............................................................. 29	27
    Armistices:
    Communications between inhabitants during........................... 39	29
    Effect in general................................................... 35	29
    Form of armistice between besieging force and garrison......... App. C 165-166
    Form of armistice between two opposing forces.................. App. B 163-164
    General and local armistices distinguished.......................... 37	29
    with Germany, if November 1918, text of........................ App. A 152-162
    Local, to enable removal of wounded left between the lines.....	3	131
    Notification to competent authorities and troops.................... 38	29
    Stipulations as to repatriation of prisoners of war................. 75	105
    Violations of.................................................. 40 41	29 31
    Arms:
    See also Munitions.
    Bearing by prisoners of war on parole, penalty	for.................. 12	*19
    Calculated to cause unnecessary suffering, not	to	be employed. . . . 23(e)	25
    Carrying by sanitary personnel....................................... 8	133
    Carrying openly, by armies, etc...................................... 1	15
    Enemies having laid down arms not to be killed or wounded......23 (c)	25
    How treated, under Capitulation of Manila...................... 1, 2, 5	169
    How treated, under Capitulation of Santiago...................... 4,6,9	167-168
    Manufacturing and transporting, prisoners of war not to be used for.	31	83
    Not to remain property of prisoners of war........................... 4	*17
    6	69
    Retention by agents of relief societies, etc......................   12	135
    Surrender of certain guns, etc., under Armistice with Germany ...	4	153
    Taking possession of, by army of occupation......................... 53	33
    Taking up spontaneously by inhabitants to resist invading troops '.	2	15
    Army of Occupation. (See Occupied Territory.)
    173
    Art, Buildings Devoted to:	Articles	Pages
    Sparing during bombardment; marking...................................... 27	25
    5	59
    Automatic Contact Submarine Mines. {See Mines.)
    Balloons:
    Discharge of projectiles and explosives from..................................... ni
    Use in maintaining communications........................................ 29	27
    Belligerents:
    Acceptance of assistance from relief societies of neutral countries . . 11, 12	135
    Armed forces, applicability of Geneva (Prisoners of War) Conven-
    tion to...........................'.................................... 1	67
    Binding character of Geneva conventions of 1929................................ m-iv
    Binding character of Hague conventions of 1907.................................... m
    3	5
    2	11
    20	45
    7	51
    9	61
    Communications between, under flag of truce........................... 32-34	27-29
    Delivery to prisoners of official statements as to illness............... 14	75
    Duties as to Red Cross emblem, etc....................................... 22	141-143
    Duties as to sick and wounded, in general............................... 1-4	129-131
    Duty to render automatic contact mines harmless; notifications to
    shipowners and governments ............................................  3	51
    Facilities to be furnished relief societies.............................. 15	*21
    78	109
    General	rule	of conduct for..............................Preamble	9
    Geneva	(Prisoners	of War) Convention, applicability of; control.	.	82,	83	111
    86	113
    88	115
    Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 1929, applicability of.................. 26	145
    Hostile or favoring acts of neutral persons toward.....................17,18	43
    Interception of sanitary transportation vehicles......................... 17	137-139
    Means of injuring the enemy, right not unlimited......................... 22	23
    Movement of troops or convoys of supplies across neutral territory
    forbidden............................................................... 2	37
    Not to compel nationals of hostile party to take part in operations of war............................................................... 23	23
    Not to force inhabitants of occupied territory to furnish military information........................................................   44	31
    Not to require nor accept conduct incompatible with parole	given.	10	*19
    Notification to each other of capture of prisoners............ 8	71
    Obligations as to sick and wounded governed by Geneva Convention	21	23
    Official information bureaus for prisoners of war............. 77	107
    Prisoners of war, duties in general toward.................... 27	81
    Protection of mobile sanitary formations...................... 6	133
    Publication of measures concerning external relations of prisoners
    of war, etc..................................................... 35, 36	85, 87
    Qualifications under Hague Convention No. IV of 1907.................... 1-3	15
    Recruiting in neutral territory forbidden................................. 4	39
    174
    Belligerents—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Repatriation of prisoners of war........................... 68,	69, 72, 75 103, 105
    Requisitioning of railway material coming from neutral territory restricted..........................................................  19	43
    Responsibility for violation of laws and customs of war on	land....	3	11
    Resumption of operations after an armistice......................... 36	29
    Segregation of races and nationalities in prison camps.......... 9	73
    Termination of violations of Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 1929........................................................... 30	147
    Treatment of agents of relief societies, etc.................... 13	137
    Troops received in neutral territory to be interned; how	treated.	. . 11-15	41-43
    Use of radio apparatus, etc., on neutral territory restricted.... 3, 8, 9	39
    Blank Forms. {See Forms.)
    Board and Lodging: of Prisoners of war....................................................    7	*17
    10,11	73
    22	79
    Bombardments: by Naval forces, Convention regulating..................................... 57-63
    Prisoners of war not to be used to give protection from............... 9	73
    Restrictions on................................................... 25—27	25
    Booty: Restrictions on taking by army of occupation............................. 53	33
    Brassards. {See Distinctive Emblems.)
    Buildings: Bombardment restricted............................................... 25,	27	25
    Public buildings, occupying state	as	administrator	and	usufructuary 1—5	57—59
    of................................................................. 55	35
    of Sanitary formations and establishments	and aid	societies...... 14-16	137
    Bureaus of Information................................................... 8	71
    77-80 107-111
    Burial: during an Armistice....................................................... 6	163
    of the Dead found on battlefields....................................  4	131
    of Prisoners of war.................................................  19	*23
    76	107
    Cables:
    between Occupied and neutral territory, seizure or destruction
    restricted........................................................ 54	35
    Camp Followers: Captured, treatment as prisoners of war................................. 13	*19
    81	111
    Canteens: at Prison camps......................................................... 12	73
    Capitulations:
    See also Armistices, of Manila, 1898, text of........................................App.	E 169-170
    175
    Capitulations—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Regulations in general as to......................................... 35	29
    of Santiago, 1898, text of.....................................App. D 167-168
    Censorship:
    of Correspondence, etc., of prisoners of war.................... 39,-40	87, 89
    Certificates of Identity:
    of Camp followers.................................................... 13	*19
    81	111
    of the Dead found on battlefields, disposal of........................ 4	131
    Not to be taken from prisoners of war................................. 6	69
    of Sanitary personnel, etc........................................... 21	141
    Cessation of Hostilities. (See Armistices.)
    Chaplains:
    Identification, means of............................................. 21	141
    Protection of; not to be treated as prisoners of war........... 9, 12, 13 133-137
    Charity:
    Buildings devoted to charitable purposes, sparing in bombardments; marking............................................................. 27	25
    5	59-61
    Property of charitable institutions in occupied territory, how treated. 56	35
    Churches. (See Buildings; Religion.)
    Civil Officials: Warning of impending bombardments...................................... 26	25
    1	57
    Civilians:	3	59
    See also Camp Followers; Individuals.	7	61
    Delivering dispatches, not spies.................................... 29	27
    Repatriation, under Armistice with Germany.......................... 18	155
    With Sanitary transports subject to international law............... 17	137-139
    Clothing:
    of Belligerent troops interned in neutral territory................. 12	41
    of Prisoners of war...................................;■............. 7	*17
    12	73
    22	79
    37	87
    Collective Punishments: of Inhabitants of occupied territory................................... 50	33
    of Prisoners of war for individual acts............................. 11	73
    46	93
    Combatants:
    See also Belligerents. Captured, to be treated as prisoners of war.......................... 3	15
    Commanding Officers: See also Officers. Contributions to be levied on occupied country only on responsibility of a commander-in-chief................................................. 51	33
    Execution of Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 1929.................. 27	145
    of Naval forces, rights and duties concerning bombardments...... 2, 3, 6	59, 61
    Not obliged to receive flag of truce; prevention of abuse........... 33	27
    176
    Commanding Officers—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Ordering of disciplinary punishments on prisoners of war.............. 59	99
    Requisitions on municipalities or inhabitants of occupied territory,
    authority for...................................................... 52	33
    Responsibility for subordinates........................................ 1	15
    Unforeseen cases not to be left to arbitrary judgment of..........Preamble 9
    Use of buildings and materiel of fixed sanitary establishments in case
    of urgent military necessity....................................... 15	137
    Warning authorities befoie commencing bombardment..................... 26	25
    Commencement of Hostilities:
    Agreements as to grades of sanitary personnel......................... 13	137
    Agreements as to mixed medical commissions............................ 69	103
    Agreements as to money to be retained by prisoners.................... 24	79
    Declarations of war..................................................   1	3
    Establishment of information bureaus.................................. 77	107-109
    Hague Convention No. Ill of 1907, text of.................................... 3-7
    Notification to neutral powers......................................... 2	3
    Notifications as to names of authorized aid societies................. 10	135
    Notifications as to titles and ranks in	use........................... 21	77
    Organization of graves service......................................... 4	131
    Publication of measures concerning external relations of prisoners of war................................................................. 35	85
    Commercial Shipping:
    Intercepting, not to be sole object of	laying	automatic contact mines .	2	51
    Commissioned Officers. (See Officers.) Communications :
    See also Correspondence, during an Armistice............................................... 39	29
    between Belligerents, under flag of truce.......................... 32—34	27—29
    Military communications on neutral territory restricted........ 3,	5, 8, 9	39
    Persons maintaining, not spies.................................... 29	27
    Restricted, during an armistice between	besieging force and garrison. .	4	165
    Compensation:
    See also Pay. for Losses sustained in violation of an armistice..................... 41	31
    Payment by belligerents, for violation of laws and customs of war on land................................................................. 3	11
    for Private property taken possession of by army	of	occupation....	53	33
    for Railway material retained by belligerent or	neutral............... 19	43
    for Submarine cables seized or destroyed.............................. 54	35
    Complaints:
    by Prisoners of war................................................... 42	89
    Conduct of Hostilities:
    See also Means of Injuring the Enemy; Mines.
    Inhabitants of occupied territory not to be required to participate in. . 52	33
    Policy of United States to observe Hague conventions of 1907.................. HI
    Prisoners of war not to be utilized in connection with................. 6	*17
    31	83
    177
    Conduct of Hostilities—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Repatriated prisoners not to be utilized in active military service. ... 74	105
    Resumption, after an armistice.................................... 36, 40	29
    Confinement:
    of Belligerent troops interned in neutral territory'................ 11	41
    Prisoners of war not to be transferred to penitentiaries, etc....... 56	97
    of Prisoners of war, restriction on..............................	.	.	5	*17
    9	71
    47	93
    Confiscation:	56	97
    of Private property in occupied territory forbidden................. 46	31
    Contact Mines. (See Mines.) Contractors:
    Captured, treatment as prisoners of war............................  13	*19
    81	111
    Contributions:
    Levy and collection in occupied territory.................... 49,	51, 52	33
    Money contributions, undefended ports, etc., not to be bombarded for failure to pay................................................... 4	59
    Convoys:
    of Evacuation of sick and wounded................................... 17	137-139
    of Munitions or supplies across neutral territory................. 2, 5	37, 39
    Corps of Combatants:
    Not to be formed on neutral territory................................ 4	39
    Correspondence. (See Communications.)
    of Prisoners of war. (See Prisoners of War—Correspondence, etc.) Courts Martial:
    Ordering of disciplinary punishments on prisoners of war............ 59	99
    Proceedings against prisoners of war............................. 60-67	99-103
    Trial of prisoners of war violating parole. . ...................... 12	*19
    Cruelty:
    toward Prisoners on war forbidden................................... 46	93
    Customs of War. (See Rules of Land Warfare.)
    Dead Bodies:
    See also Burial.
    Search of battlefields for; examination............................ 3,4	131
    Death:
    Certificates, drawing up and forwarding	to other belligerent......... 4	131
    Death certificates for prisoners of war............................. 19	*23
    76	107
    of Prisoners of war, disposal of accrued pay........................ 34	85
    of Prisoners of war, information as to.............................. 14	*21
    77	107
    Death Sentences:
    against Prisoners of war, execution restricted...... .. ...........  66	101
    Deception. (See Ruses of War.)
    Iaratio
    witions: General ieutrals )ccupic arleme pies..
    iNCIATI1 f an Ai
    If Armi: f Gene' f Gene f Hagu f Hagi
    Hand f Hagi
    :•, Powei )f Hagi mark
    4 Hagi
    I 'RUCTIl >f Histc 'io des
    )f Prop )f Subi
    I ention ' tfParli
    Sanitai
    ixctiv of Arn Impro Insign Not tc
    Red C
    mies:
    Not tt Right :my b aped
    Ionag:
    Defin
    ■cutic LOSIV Disch
    178
    Pa
    1
    37-1
    37,1
    Declarations of War..................................................
    Definitions:
    General and local armistice.......................................
    Neutrals..........................................................
    Occupied territory...........................’....................
    Parlementaires....................................................
    Spies.............................................................
    Denunciation :
    of an Armistice...................................................
    of Armistice with Germany.........................................
    of Geneva (Prisoners of War) Convention of 1929....................
    of Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 1929..........................
    of Hague Convention No. Ill of 1907 (Opening of Hostilities)......
    of Hague Convention No. IV of 1907 (Laws and Customs of War on
    Hand)...................................1...........'............
    of Hague Convention No. V of 1907 (Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers and Persons)................................................
    I of Hague Convention No. VIII of 1907 (Laying of Automatic Submarine Contact Mines).................................................
    of Hague Convention No. IX of 1907 (Bombardment by Naval Forces) . Destruction :
    of Historic Monuments, etc., in occupied territory forbidden.......
    No destruction to be committed by German evacuating armies, etc. .
    Articles
    1
    Pages
    3
    99-l(
    *1
    1
    of Property restricted..........................
    of Submarine cables restricted..................
    Detention:
    of Parlementaires, to prevent abuse of privilege
    Sanitary personnel, etc., not to be detained by adverse belligerent. . . Distinctive Emblems:
    of Armies, etc., must be recognizable at a distance Improper use forbidden..............................
    Insignia of rank, wearing by prisoners of war.......
    Not to be taken from prisoners of war...............
    Red Cross, etc., how used...........................
    23
    13
    13
    *2
    10
    8
    *2
    10
    10
    37
    16
    42
    32
    29
    29
    43
    31
    27
    27
    40
    34
    96
    38
    7
    8
    24
    11
    12
    56
    6 31 (g) 54
    33
    12
    1 23(f) . 19
    6 18-24
    28
    Enemies:
    Not to be compelled to take part in hostilities against own country. . .
    Rights in courts of law...........................
    Enemy Insignia, Improper use of......................
    Escaped Prisoners. {See Prisoners of War—Escape.) Espionage :
    Definition and treatment of spies.................
    Executions, Restrictions on..........................
    Explosives:
    Discharge from balloons...........................
    23 23(h) 23(f)
    29-31
    . 66
    29
    158
    117
    149-151
    7
    13
    47
    53
    63
    35 153 157
    25
    35
    27
    135
    15
    25
    77
    69
    139-143
    ' 145
    25
    25
    25
    27
    101-103
    in
    179
    Flags: ■	Articles Pages
    Distinctive Red Cross flag; when national flag flown with.......... 22, 23 141-143
    Improper use forbidden............................................. 23(f)	25
    of Truce, regulations in general as to............................. 32-34	27-29
    White flags, flying during an armistice............................ 2	165
    Forms:
    of an Armistice between besieging force and garrison................ App.	C 165-166
    of Armistice between two opposing forces............................ App.	B 163-164
    of Passports, safe conducts, and safeguards......................... App.	F 171-172
    Fortifications:
    German, occupation by Allied and United States forces................. 25	157
    Geneva Conventions:
    of 1864 and 1906 replaced by Red Cross Convention of 1929............. 34	149
    of 1929, binding character of.............................................  m-iv
    of 1929 (Prisoners of War), text of...................................... 65-127
    of 1929 (Red Cross), text of............................................ 129-151
    Applicable to sick and wounded interned in neutral territory.......... 15	43
    Badges, improper use forbidden..................................... 23(f)	25
    Obligations of belligerents as to sick and wounded governed by........ 21	23
    Graves. {See Burial.)
    Hague Conventions:
    of 1899, extent to which superseded by those of 1907................... 4	11
    of 1899 and 1907, effect of Geneva (Prisoners of War) Convention of 1929.............................................................     89	ns
    in of 1907, extent to which binding on belligerents  ...................... 3	5
    2	11
    20	45
    7	51
    9	61
    of 1907, No. Ill	(Opening of Hostilities), text of......................... 3-7
    of 1907, No. IV	(Laws and Customs of War on	Land),	text	of...	9-35
    of 1907, No. V	(Rights and Duties of Neutral	Powers	and	Persons),
    text of................................................................. 37-47
    of 1907, No. VIII (Laying of Automatic Submarine Contact Mines), text of.................................................................. 49-55
    of 1907, No. IX (Bombardment by Naval Forces), text of.................... 57-63
    Hospitals:
    See also Buildings.
    Admissions, information for inquiry office as to...................... 14	*21
    Bombardment restricted...............................................  27	25
    5	59
    Hospitalization of prisoners of war............................ 68,	70-72 103-105
    Annex 119-127
    Infirmaries, etc. for prisoners of war................................ 14	75
    58	99
    Stays in, information as to........................................... 77	109
    180
    Hostages:	Articles Pages
    Repatriation, under Armistice with Germany....................... 18	155
    Hostile Military Occupation. (See Occupied Territory.)
    Hostilities:
    See also Conduct of Hostilities; Means of Injuring the Enemy; War.
    Cessation. (See Armistices.)
    Opening of. (See Commencement of Hostilities.)
    Humanity: Laws of, applicability to belligerents...............................Preamble 11
    Prisoners of war to be treated with.................................. 4	*17
    2	67
    Identification. (See Certificates of Identity.)......................
    Individuals: (See also Civilians.)
    Neutral persons, rights and restrictions......................... 16-18	43
    Neutrals not responsible for crossing of frontier to offer services to a belligerent.........................................................   6	39
    Violating terms of an armistice, effect of.......................... 41	31
    Information:
    Information bureaus, functions of.................................... 8	71
    77-80 107-111
    Inhabitants of occupied territory not to be forced to give.......... 44	31
    as to Location and movements of German ships........................ 20	156
    as to Names, rank, etc., of prisoners of war......................... 9	*19
    5	69
    Obtaining, by means of spies, etc................................... 29	27
    Obtaining by parlementaire improperly, prevention	of.	. ........... 33	27
    Obtaining by ruses of war........................................... 24	25
    Precautions as to obtaining by inhabitants during	an	armistice...	8	164
    as to Prisoners of war, functions of inquiry office................. 14	*21
    Inhabitants: Appeals to, for care of sick and wounded................................. 5	133
    Communications between inhabitants of belligerent states during an armistice............................................................ 39	29
    of Manila, provisions of Capitulation of Manila as to............ 5, 7 169, 170
    Not to be evacuated nor damaged in withdrawal of	German armies. .	6	153
    Occupations during an armistice.....................................  8	164
    of Occupied territory. (See Occupied Territory—Inhabitants.)
    Spontaneous resistance to invading troops............................ 2	15
    Inquiry Offices: Free postage............................................................ 16	*21
    Functions in general................................................ 14	*21
    Insignia. (See Distinctive Emblems.)
    Institutions:
    Religious, charitable, etc., property to be treated as private, even when State property.................................................... 56	35
    Intercourse Between Belligerents: Flags of truce....................................................... 32-34	27-29
    181
    International Law:	Articles Pages
    Civil personnel and means of transportation obtained by requisition to be subject to..................................................... 17 137-139
    General rules applicable where specific conventions do not apply. . Preamble 11
    Rules as to prisoners of war, applicability to sick and wounded......	2	131
    Internment:
    of German naval vessels.............................................   23	156
    Information as to, for information bureau............................. 77	109
    Information as to, for inquiry office................................. 14	*21
    Places of, admission of agents of relief societies. .................. 15	*21
    of Prisoners of war.................................................... 5	*17
    9	71
    of Troops of belligerents in neutral territory; treatment of persons interned............................................................. 11-15 41-43
    Killing: Restrictions on, in war............................................. 23 (b, c) 23-25
    Labels. {See Distinctive Emblems, Sign.)
    Land Forces:
    See also Armed Forces.
    Instructions to, in conformity with Hague Convention No. IV of 1907.	1	11
    Land Warfare, Rules of. {See Rules of Land Warfare.)
    Law of Nations. {See International Law.)
    Lawful Belligerents. {See Belligerents.)
    Laws: in Occupied territory, maintenance of................................. 43,	48	31
    Laws of War. {See Rules of Land Warfare.)
    Laying of Submarine Mines. {See Mines.) Levee en Masse.......................................................  2	15
    Lines of Communication. {See Communications.)
    Mail: Free postage for inquiry offices..................................... 16	*21
    Information bureaus to have privilege of	free postage............ 80	111
    of Prisoners of war..........................................     16	*21
    38	87
    57	99
    Maintenance: of Belligerent troops interned in neutral territory................. 12	41
    of Prisoners of war............................................... 7	*17
    4	69
    10-12	73
    28	83
    Manila, Capitulation of......................................... App.	E 169-170
    Means of Injuring the Enemy:
    Attack on undefended places prohibited........................... 25	23-25
    Bombardments. {See Bombardments.)
    Discharge of projectiles and explosives from balloons................... in
    182

    Pages
    37-139
    11
    131
    Means of Injuring the Enemy—Continued. Enumeration of means specially forbidden Pillage prohibited.......................
    Restriction in general...............
    Ruses of war..........................
    Torpedoes, use restricted.............
    Article . 23 . 28 . 22 . 24
    1
    Pages 23 25 23 .25
    49

    156
    109
    *21
    21II
    *171
    711
    11-43
    3-25
    11
    31
    :21
    87
    99
    41
    17
    59
    '3
    13
    '0
    Medical Personnel. (See Sanitary Formations and Personnel.) Military Necessity:
    Destruction or seizure of property when required by..............23	(g)
    Interception of sanitary transportation vehicles.................. 17
    Requisitioning of buildings and materiel of aid societies......... 16
    Submarine cables, seizure or destruction of....................... 54
    Use of buildings and materiel of fixed sanitary establishments in case
    of.............................................................. 15
    Military Occupation. (See Occupied Territory.)
    Military Passports:
    Form.........................................................   App.	F
    Militia :
    Application of laws and customs of war on land..................... 1
    Mines:
    See also Means of Injuring the Enemy. Conversion of materiel to conform to convention.................... 6
    Destruction of mine fields, etc., laid by Germany.............. 24,	25
    Disclosure by German command....................................... 8
    Laying forbidden under certain circumstances..................... 1,2
    Laying of automatic submarine contact mines, convention as to....
    Places not to be bombarded solely because of mines anchored off the harbor..........................................................   1
    Precautions for security of peaceful shipping.................... 3,	4
    Removal at close of war............................................ 5
    Removal, under Capitulation of	Santiago........................... 5
    Mixed Medical Commissions......................................... 69,	70
    Model Agreement:
    For Repatriation and hospitalization of prisoners of war....... Annex
    Monuments:
    25 137-139
    137
    35
    137
    171
    15
    51
    157
    154
    49, 51 49-55
    57
    51
    51
    167
    • 103
    119-127
    Bombardment restricted............................................... 27	25
    5	59
    Historical, in occupied territory,	not to be destoyed, etc........... 56	35
    Municipalities in Occupied Territory:
    Property of.......................................................... 56	35
    Requisitions on....................................................   52	33
    Munitions:
    See also Arms; Booty; Means of Injuring the Enemy.
    Convoys of, across neutral territory................................ 2,	5	37-39
    Delivery intact in territory evacuated by German armies............... 6	153
    Furnishing to belligerents by neutral persons........................ 18	43
    Inventory, under Capitulation of Santiago............................. 6	167
    Manufacturing and transporting, prisoners of war not	to be used for. 31	83
    Neutrals not required to prevent exportation, etc..................... 7	39
    183
    Munitions—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Seizure in occupied territory........................................ 53	33
    Surrender, under Armistice with Germany................................. 4	153
    in 160
    Names: of Prisoners of war, information as to. ... ;.............................. 14	*21
    •	77	107
    of Prisoners of war, information to captors............................. 9	*19
    5	69
    of Relief societies,	notification to other party....................... 10	135
    of Wounded, sick,	and dead, forwarding to	other belligerent........... 4	131
    Naval Forces:	,
    Bombardments by, regulation of....................................  57-63
    Necessity, Military. {See Military Necessity.)
    Neutrals:
    Admission of sick and wounded; treatment........................... 14, 15	41, 43
    Binding character of Hague Convention No. Ill of 1907 (Opening of
    Hostilities).......................................................... 3	5
    Escaped prisoners of war, how treated ................................. 13	41
    German restrictions on trade to be canceled............................ 32	157
    Hospitalization of prisoners of war in neutral countries....... 68, 70-72 103-105
    Annex 119-127
    Impartiality as between belligerents..................................   9	39
    Internment of belligerent troops.................................... 11,12	41
    Laying of automatic contact mines, rules	concerning.................. 4	51
    Movement of troops or convoys of supplies across neutral territory by belligerents forbidden.................................................. 2	37
    Neutral persons, rights and restrictions........................... 16-18	43
    Not required to prevent exportation, etc.,	of munitions................. 7	39
    Not required to prevent use by belligerents of means of communication ................................................................... 8	39
    Not responsible for persons crossing the frontier to offer services to a belligerent............................................................  6	39
    Official information bureaus for prisoners of war in neutral territory. 77	107-109
    Prevention of violations of neutrality on their own territory........... 5	39
    Prompt notification of existence of state of war..................Preamble	3
    2	3
    Radio apparatus, etc., restriction on use by belligerents............... 3	39
    Recruiting, etc., neutral territory forbidden........................... 4	39
    Relief societies, assistance to belligerents........................ 11-13	135-137
    21	141
    Resistance to attempts to violate neutrality not to be regarded as a hostile act............................................................ 10	41
    Retention of railway material coming from belligerent territory to offset that retained there...................................................  19	43
    Rights and duties in general................................................ 37-47
    Sanitary formations, flags	of.......................................... 23	143
    Territory inviolable.................................................... 1	37
    Transfers of German merchant shipping to neutral flags prohibited . .	33	158
    184
    cles
    I
    41
    103-119-
    )7-l
    5-12
    14
    4
    142
    Newspaper Correspondents and Reporters:	Articles Pages
    Captured, treatment as prisoners of war...................... 13	19
    81	111
    Noncombatants :
    Noncombatant members of armed forces, treatment as prisoners of
    war................................................................... 3	15
    Noncommissioned Officers: Labor, restriction on requirement of...................................   27	81
    Occupied Territory: Collection of taxes, etc................................................. 48	31
    Contributions, restrictions on collection of; receipts......... 49, 51, 52	33
    Definition............................................................. 42	31
    General penalties restricted........................................... 50	33
    Inhabitants:
    See also Enemies. Collective punishments...........................................   50	33
    Intercourse with and between populations, during an armistice...	39	29
    Not to be forced to give military information...................... 44	31
    Not to be forced to swear allegiance to hostile power.............. 45	31
    Personal and property rights......................................  46	31
    Protected by general rules of international law where specific conventions inapplicable.....................................   Preamble	11
    Requisitions on; services.......................................... 52	33
    Laws in force, maintenance by occupying authority..................... 43	31
    Military authority over, in general...............................  42-56	31-35
    Municipalities: Property of........................................................... 56	35
    Requisitions on.................................................... 52	33
    Pillage forbidden...................................................... 47	31
    Property in, restrictions on taking possession by army of occupation. .53	33
    Provisions for, in Armistice with Germany............................. 5-9	153-154
    Annex 159—160
    Public property, how treated...................................... 55,	56	35
    Requisitions........................................................... 52	33
    Submarine cables connecting with neutral territory, seizure or destruction restricted....................................................... 54	35
    See also Commanding Officers.
    of Belligerents interned in neutral territory, liberty on parole.	11	41
    as Intermediaries between prisoners and camp authorities........... 43	89-91
    as Prisoners of war. {See Prisoners of War—Officers, etc.)
    Retention of sidearms, under Capitulation of Santiago............... 4	167
    Salutes to, in prison camps........................................ 18	77
    Special treatment, under Capitulation of Manila; retention of sidearms........,............................................... 1,2	169
    jn Cities.......................................................... 25	25
    1-4	57-59
    of Hostilities. {See Commencement of Hostilities.)
    185
    PaRLEMENT AIRES I
    Articles Pages
    Definition and treatment.......................................... 32-34	27-29
    Paroles: Information as to, for inquiry office.................................... 14	*21
    of Officers interned in neutral territory............................ 11	41
    of Prisoners of war............................................... 10-12	*19
    Releases on, information as to....................................... 77	109
    Passports, Military: Form................................................................... App.	F 171
    Pay: of Officers captured..................................................... 17	*23
    23	79
    Penalties. (See Punishments.)
    Personal Property. (See Property.)
    Pillage : Prohibited............................................................... 28	25
    47	31
    7	61
    Places Occupied: (See Occupied Territory.)
    Poison : German command to disclose poisoning	of wells, etc................ 8	154
    Not to be employed in war......................................... 23(a)	23
    Police of Battlefield..................................................... 3	131
    Powers, Neutral. (See Neutral Powers.)
    Press. (See Newspaper Correspondents and Reporters.)
    Prisoners of War:
    Agents; appointment and functions............................. 43, 44	89-91
    Books, right to receive..........................................  39	87
    Camp followers as................................................. 13	*19
    81	111
    Camps: Canteens.......................................................... 12	73
    Command........................................................ 18	77
    Hygiene........................................................ 13	75
    Infirmaries.................................................... 14	75
    Installation.................................................	10	73
    Officers’ camps.............................................    22	79
    Captured combatant and noncombatant members of armed forces to be treated as...................................................... 3	15
    Civil status....................................................... 3	67
    Clothing.......................................................... 12	73
    Coercion to obtain information....................................  5	69
    Collective punishments............................................ 11	73
    46	93
    Complaints as to conditions of captivity........................   42	89
    Confinement restricted............................................. 5	*17
    9	71
    47	93
    56	97
    186
    Prisoners of War—Continued.
    Correspondence, etc.:	Articles Pages
    Correspondence with families to be permitted..................... 8	71
    during Disciplinary punishment.................................. 57	99
    Forwarding in case of transfer.................................. 26	81
    Labor detachments............................................... 33	g5
    Letters, packages, etc., in general............................. 16	*21
    35-40	85-89
    Death certificates and burial......................................  19	*23
    76 107
    Disciplinary punishments. (See below, under Punishments.) Discipline..........................................................  8	*19
    18-20	77
    Discriminations among, on basis of rank, etc.................... 6	19 *17 *23
    4	69
    21, 22, 24,	27	77-81
    43,	46	91, 93
    Dormitories.......................................................... 10	73
    Escape: Attempted escape; assisting in escape............................. 51	95
    Attempted escape, prompt verification of charges	of............ 47	93
    Escaped prisoners in neutral territory; prisoners brought by troops taking refuge there........................................... 13	41
    Information to information bureau as to; disposition of property of escaped prisoners.......................................... 77	109
    Leniency in deciding on punishment in relation	to............. 52	95
    Recapture of escaped prisoners................................. 8	*19
    50	95
    Special surveillance of prisoners after attempts to escape...... 48	93
    Evacuation........................................................... 7	71
    Exposure to fire of combat zone, etc................................. 9	73
    External relations............................................... 35-41	85-89
    Food ration........................................................ 11	73
    Freedom to exercise religion........................................ 18	*23
    16	77
    Funds of. ..........................................................  6	69
    24	79
    Geneva Convention	of	1929,	application of.............................. ni-iv
    Geneva Convention	of	1929,	as	to,	text	of............................. 65-127
    Gifts for........................................................... 16	*21
    37-39	87
    57	99
    Hospitalization: Camp infirmaries, etc.............................................. 14	75
    58	99
    in a Neutral country...................................... 68,	70-72 103-105
    Annex 119—127
    Hygiene measures for................................................ 13	75
    Infirmaries......................................................... 14	75
    Information bureaus........................................... 77,79,80	107-111
    187
    Prisoners of War—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Information to captors as to name, rank, etc........................... 9	*19
    5	69
    Injuries from accidents while at work................................  27	81
    Inquiry offices:
    Free postage...................................................... 16	*21
    Functions in general.............................................  14	*21
    Insignia of rank and decorations...................................... 19	77
    Intellectual and moral needs, provisions for...................... 16,	17	77
    Internal discipline of camps...................................... 18-20	77
    Internment............................................................  5	*17
    9	71
    Judicial proceedings against: Advice to representative of protecting power ........................ 60	99
    Defense........................................................ 61,62	101
    Sentences; execution, effect................................... 63—67	101-103
    Kitchens, employment in............................................... 11	73
    Letters, etc., for...................................................  16	*21
    8	71
    33	85
    36, 38	87
    57	99
    Maintenance............................................................ 7	*17
    4	69
    10-12	73
    28	. 83
    Medical treatment and inspection.................................  14,	15	75
    Model agreement for repatriation and hospitalization of.............Annex	119-127
    Naval and mercantile marine, release by Germany....................... 21	156
    Noncommissioned officers, labor of.................................... 27	81
    Not responsible for previous acts of espionage........................ 31	27
    Notifications as to capture...........................................  8	71
    Officers, etc.:
    Equal treatment according to rank and age......................... 21	79
    Labor not to be required......................................... 6	*17
    '• 27	81
    Pay.............................................................. 17	*23
    23	79
    Rank, not to be deprived of, special treatment.................... 49	93
    Representation of other prisoners................................. 43	89-91
    Service in officers’ camps........................................ 22	79
    Parole............................................................. 10-12	*19
    Pay................................................................... 17	*23
    23	79
    Personal effects and funds............................................. 4	*17
    14	*21
    6	69
    24	79
    Personnel charged with care, etc., of sick and wounded, and chaplains, not to be treated as..................................................... 9	133-135
    Protecting powers. (See Protecting Powers.)
    188
    Prisoners of War—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Protection of health............................................. 9-15	71-75
    32	83
    33	85
    55, 56, 58	97-99
    Punishments: Aggravation of conditions of labor forbidden....................   32	83
    for Attempted escape and assisting escape.....................  51	95
    Collective disciplinary measures affecting food prohibited.....	11	73
    Death penalty, restriction on execution of..................... 66	101—103
    Deprivation of rank, etc., not permited......................   49	93—95
    Disciplinary punishments, in general...........................  8	*19
    54-59	97-99
    of Escaped prisoners............................................ 8	*19
    50	95
    Judicial proceedings. ................................... 60-67 99-103
    Leniency in determining type of punishment; only one punishment for same act or same count..................................... 52	95
    Preventive arrest, regulations as to..........................  47	93
    Regulations in general...................................... 45 45	91 93
    Status of prisoner after completion of......................... 48	93
    for Unfounded complaints not permitted......................... 42	89
    When repatriation may be prevented by.......................... 53	95-97
    Rank. {See Rank.)
    Rations....................................... j j	73
    Ready money of...................................................... 24	79
    Recreation and sports..................................... 17	77
    Relief societies.................................................... 15	*21
    39	87
    78	109
    Religious freedom................................................... 18	*23
    a	16	77
    Repatriation. {See Repatriation.) Representation by agents......................................... 43 44	89-91
    Reprisals against......................................... 2	67
    Salutes.............................................................. 1	g 77
    Sanitary personnel, etc., not to be treated as................... 12	135
    Segregation according to race, etc. . ........................... 9	73
    Sick and wounded, applicability of general rules	to.................. 2	131
    Signatures, authentication of. . ................................... 41	89
    Special conventions relative to..................................... 83	111—113
    Subject to captor’s laws, etc........................................ 8	*19
    45	91
    Termination of captivity......................................... 68-75	103-105
    Text of Geneva Convention to be communicated	to................   84	113
    Tobacco, use of. . . ................................................ H	73
    Transfer......................................................... 25,26	81
    Treatment in general............................................... 3	4	15	*17
    2,3	67
    558485°—44---13
    189
    Prisoners of War—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Utilization of labor of........................................... 6	*7
    27-34	81-85
    Water for..................................................... 11,13	73,75
    Wills..........................................................   19	*23
    41	89
    76	107
    Work by: Conditions in general; compensation	for	injuries............. 27	81
    33	85
    in Kitchens.................................................   11	73
    Length of day, weekly day of rest............................  30	83
    for Private individuals........................................ 6	*17
    28	83
    Restrictions on kind of work to be required.................... 6	*17
    29,31,32	83
    Wages.........................................................  6	*17
    28, 34	83, 85
    Private Property. {See Property.)
    Projectiles. {See Means of Injuring the Enemy.)
    Property:
    Buildings and materiel of relief societies to be regarded as private prop-
    erty ............................................................... 16	137
    Destruction or seizure restricted..................................23 (g)	25
    Functions of inquiry office as to................................................... 14	*21
    Not to be damaged during evacuation of territory by German armies. .	6	153
    in Occupied territory, restrictions on seizure of................................... 53	33
    Personal, retention under Capitulation of Santiago................................... 4	167
    of Prisoners of war, disposal of...................................................  77	109
    of Prisoners of war, treatment of.................................................... 4	*17
    6	69
    24	79
    Private, retention	under	Capitulation	of	Manila;	special safeguard.	. 2, 7 169, 170
    Public property	in	occupied	territory,	how	treated................ 55, 56	35
    Public, provisions of Capitulation of Manila as to................................. 3,4	169
    Retention of private property, under Capitulation of Santiago........................ 4	167
    Rights to be respected, in occupied territory....................................... 46	31
    Protected Personnel................................................................... 9-13	133-137
    21	141
    Protecting Powers:
    Agents appointed by prisoners of war may deal directly with........ 43	89-91
    Collaboration; rights of representatives........................... 86, 87 113-115
    Compaints by prisoners of war to representatives.................................... 42	89
    Representation injudicial proceedings against prisoners of war . 60, 62, 65, 66 99-101
    Representatives may send books to prisoners’-camp libraries......................... 39	87
    Representatives, mediation as to prohibited labor of prisoners of war. 31	83
    Public Buildings. {See Buildings.)
    Public Conscience: Dictates of, applicability to belligerents............................. Preamble	11
    190
    Public Property. (See Property.)
    Punishments:
    General penalties on occupied territory restricted..............
    of Prisoners of war. (See Prisoners of War—Punishments.)
    of Spies......................................... »
    for Violation of an armistice by private individuals............
    Articles
    . 50
    30, 31
    . 41
    Pages 33
    27
    31
    Qualifications:
    of Belligerents.................................
    Quarter:
    Declarations that no quarter will be given, forbidden............
    . 1-3
    23(d)
    15
    25
    Radio:
    on Neutral territory, use by belligerents restricted.............. 3,	8, 9	39
    Operators on aircraft used for sanitary transportation, captured, how
    treated.............................................................. j	g	j 39
    Surrender of certain stations, under Armistice with Germany.........	5	161
    Railways:
    Not to be damaged in territory evacuated by German armies; delivery of rolling stock; railways of Alsace-Lorraine to be handed over.................................................................... 7	153-154
    4	161
    Railway material coming from neutral territory, restrictions on utilization by belligerents............................................... 19	43
    State railways, free transportation of presents, etc., for prisoners of war.................................................................... 16	*21
    38	87
    Rank: of Prisoners of war, differences in treatment based	on............... 6	*17
    19	*23
    4	69
    21	77
    22,24	79
    27	81
    43	91
    46	93
    of Prisoners of war, information for inquiry office as to............... 14	*21
    Prisoners of war not to be deprived of.................................. 49	93
    of Prisoners of war, notification to captors............................. 9	*19
    5	69
    Prisoners of war, wearing of insignia of rank........................... 19	77
    Ratifications:
    of Geneva (Prisoners of War) Convention of 1929.............. 91,	95, 97 117, 119
    of Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 1929........................ 32,	37 147, 149
    39	151
    of Hague Convention No. HI of 1907 (Opening of Hostilities)....... 4, 8	5, 7
    of Hague Convention No. IV of 1907 (Laws and Customs of War on
    Land)........................................................... 5,	9	11, 13
    of Hague Convention No. V of 1907 (Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers and Persons)............................................. 21	25	45 47
    191
    Ratifications—Continued.	Articles Pages
    of Hague Convention No. VIII of 1907 (Laying of Automatic Sub-
    marine Contact Mines).............................................. 8,13	53, 55
    of Hague Convention No. IX of 1907 (Bombardment by Naval Forces)............................................................ 9,13	61,63
    Recruiting:
    for Belligerents in neutral territory forbidden......................... 4	39
    Red Crescent.......................................................... 19, 24 141, 143
    Red Cross:
    See also Relief Societies.
    Distinctive emblem.................................................. 23(b)	25
    19-24 141,143 28	145
    Geneva Convention of 1929, text of........................................ 129-151
    International Committee, duties as to prisoners of war............ 79, 87 109-111
    88	115
    Red Lion and Sun. .................................................... 19, 24 141,143
    Relief Societies:
    Assistance to prisoners of war.......................................   15	*21
    39	87
    78	109
    Buildings and materiel	to	be regarded	as private property............. 16	137
    Designation of prisoners of war for examination by mixed medical
    commissions....................................................... 70(c)	103-105
    Distinctive emblems.................................................... 24	143
    Functions in general................................................... 15	*21
    77	107
    of Neutral countries, assistance	to belligerents.................... 11-13	135-137
    21	141
    Red Cross. {See Red Cross.)
    Volunteer aid societies, how treated............................. 10,12,13	135,137
    21	141
    Religion:
    Buildings dedicated to, bombardment restricted ........................ 27	25
    5	59
    Churches and religious worship in Manila placed under special safeguard ..............................................................   7	170
    in Occupied territory to be respected.................................  46	31
    Privileges of prisoners of war as to exercise of......................  18	*23
    16 T
    Property of religious organizations in occupied territory, how treated.	56	35
    Repatriation :
    under Capitulation of Manila, determined in Washington.................. 5	169
    of Civilians, under Armistice with Germany (1918)...................... 18	155
    Expenses, how borne.................................................... 73	105
    Information to information bureau as to................................ 77	109
    of Prisoners of war after conclusion of peace......................... 20
    of Prisoners of war after long period of captivity, by agreement.. 72	105
    Prisoners of war not to be kept back from, on account of disciplinary
    punishment; penal prosecutions....................................... 53	95-97
    192
    Repatriation—Continued.	Articles Pages
    Provisions for, in Armistice with Germany (1918)................ 3, 10 152, 154
    Repatriated persons not to be utilized in active military service. 74	105
    of Sick, wounded, etc., prisoners................................ 68-71	103-105
    Annex 119-127
    Reporters. (See Newspaper Correspondents and Reporters.)
    Reprisals:
    for Failure of German Command to disclose mines, poisoning of wells, etc.................................................................. 8	154
    against Prisoners of war prohibited.................................. 2	67
    Requisitions: in German territory occupied............................................ 9	154
    Means of transportation obtained, to be subject to rules of international law................................................................. 17	137-139
    for Naval forces, in proportion to resources of place; bombardment in case of refusal to comply............................................ 3	59
    in Occupied territory................................................ 52	33
    of Property of aid societies, restriction	on......................... 16	137
    Provisions against, in a safeguard.................................. App.	F 172
    of Railway material coming from neutral territory restricted......... 19	43
    Retaliation. (See Reprisals.)
    Robbery:
    Protection of wounded and dead on battlefields from................... 3	131
    Rules of Land Warfare:
    Buildings and materiel of fixed sanitary establishments to remain subject to...........................................................   15	137
    French text the official one..............................................  in
    Hague Convention No. IV of 1907 (Laws and Customs of War on
    Land), text of......................................................... 9-35
    Revision in order to mitigate severity........................ Preamble	9
    Ruses of War:
    Use permissible..................................................... 24	25
    Safe Conducts:
    Form............................................................ App. F	172
    Safeguards:
    Form............................................................ App. F	172
    Sanitary Formations and Establishments:
    See also Sick and Wounded.
    Buildings and materiel, how treated............................. 14, 15	137
    Distinctive emblems.............................................. 19-24	141-143
    Personnel, recognition and privileges in general................ 9-13 133-137
    Protection in general........................................... 6-8	133
    Sanitary transports............................................. 17, 18 137-139
    Santiago, Capitulation of..........................................App. D 167-168
    Science:
    Buildings devoted to, protection from bombardment; marking........ 27	25
    5	59-61
    State property dedicated to, to be treated as private property....	56	35
    Sentences of Death, Execution Restricted............................... 66	101-103
    193
    Sick and Wounded:	Articles Pages
    See also Red Cross; Relief Societies; Sanitary Formations and Establishments.
    Admission into neutral territory; treatment........................... 14,15	41,43
    Buildings and materiel of sanitary formations and establishments . .	14-16	137
    Care for, by belligerent intercepting sanitary transportation vehicles. .	17	137-139
    Exception from requirement of prompt evacuation..........................  7	71
    Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of 1929, text of.............................. 129-151
    Information as to, for inquiry office.................................... 14	*21
    Obligations of belligerents governed by Geneva Convention................ 21	23
    Places where collected, bombardment restricted........................... 27	25
    5	59
    Prisoners of war, return to own country, examination by mixed medical commissions............................................. 68-70	103
    Annex 119-127 as Prisoners, transfer restricted......................................... 25	81
    Provision for, in Armistice with	Germany................................. 11	154
    Repatriation...........................................................Annex	119-127
    Sanitary transports................................................... 17,18	137-139
    Treatment in case aircraft required	to	land.............................. 18	139
    Treatment in general.................................................... 1-5	129-133
    Sieges. (See Bombardments.)
    Signs:
    on Buildings, etc., to be spared in bombardment.......................... 27	25
    5	61
    Commercial, use of arms of Swiss Confederation to be prevented. ...	28 145-147
    Special Conventions.......................................................... 83	111
    Spies:
    See also Ruses of War.
    Definition and treatment............................................   29—31	27
    State of War. (See War.)
    Stratagems. (See Ruses of War.)
    Submarine Cables;
    between Occupied and neutral territory, seizure or destruction restricted......................................................... 54	35
    Submarine Mines. (See Mines.)
    Surrender. (See Capitulations.)
    Suspension of Hostilities. (See Armistices.)
    Sutlers:
    Captured, treatment as prisoners of war.................................  13	*19
    81 Hl
    Taxation: in Occupied territory............................................... 48,49	31-33
    Presents, etc., for prisoners of war to be admitted free of import duties, etc............................................................. 16	*21
    38	87
    Telegraph and Telephone:
    Neutrals not required to prevent use by belligerents; impartiality. ... 8, 9	39
    Not to be damaged in territory evacuated by German armies.......	7	153
    194
    Telegraph and Telephone—Continued.	Articles
    Prisoners of war to be allowed to send telegrams in cases of acknowledged urgency........................................................  38
    Surrender of certain lines, under Armistice with Germany.......... 5
    Use for notification of state of war to neutral powers............ 2
    Territory Occupied. {See Occupied Territory.)
    Tobacco:
    Use by prisoners of war to be permitted.......................... 11
    Torpedoes:
    See also Means of Injuring the Enemy. Use restricted.................................................... 1
    Towns. {See Municipalities in Occupied Territory.)
    Trade-marks:
    Pages
    87
    161
    3
    73
    49
    Use of arms of Swiss Confederation to be prevented.................. 28	145-147
    Transportation :
    Means of, retention by mobile sanitary formations................... 14	137
    Means of, taking possession by army of occupation................... 53	33
    Military means of, subject to capture; exception.................... 17	137-139
    of Prisoners of war from unhealthful regions......................... 9	71
    Sanitary transports for sick and wounded......................... 17,18	137-139
    of Sick and wounded prisoners of war............................ 68,	73 103, 105
    Treachery:
    Killing or wounding treacherously.................................. 23(b)	23
    by Parlementaires................................................... 34	29
    Treatment of Prisoners. {See Prisoners of War.)
    Truces. {See Armistices.)
    Flag of. {See Flags.)
    Undefended Places. {See Open Cities.)
    Uniforms. {See Distinctive Emblems.)
    Unnecessary Suffering:
    Causing by use of arms, etc., forbidden..................... 23(e)	' 25
    Usufructuary:
    Occupying states to be regarded as............................. 55	35
    Voluntary Aid Societies. {See Relief Societies.)
    Volunteers: Application of laws and customs of war on land............................. 1	15
    Wages: of Prisoners of war.......................................................  6	*17
    28, 34	83, 85
    War:
    Commencement. {See Commencement of Hostilities.)
    Conduct. {See Conduct of Hostilities.) Desire of contracting parties to diminish evils of.............. Preamble	9
    Effectiveness of Geneva (Red Cross) Convention of	1929............. 37	149
    State of, prompt notification to neutral powers................. Preamble	3
    2	3
    195
    Water:	Articles	Pages
    Poisoning of wells, etc.> German Com/nand to disclose................. 8	154
    for Prisoners of war	................................ 11, 13	73, 75
    White Flag. (See Flags; Parlementaires.)
    Wills: of Prisoners of war....................: ............................. 19
    41	89
    76	107
    Wireless Apparatus. (See Radio.)
    Women: as Prisoners of war, how treated. . . ................................    3,	4	67, 69
    Works of Art. (See Buildings; Property.)
    Wounded. (See Sick and Wounded.)
    Wounding: of Prisoners of war, information as to..................................  77	109
    Restrictions on, in war........................................  23(b,	c) 23-25
    o
    For sale by the Superintendent o£ Documents, U. 8. Government Printing Office Washington, D. C. • - - Price 30 cents
    196
    U LIBRARY
    7
    /?